UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)


ý

 

Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

o

 

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                             to                            

Commission file number: 0-25923

Eagle Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  52-2061461
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

7815 Woodmont Avenue, Bethesda, Maryland
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

20814
(Zip Code)

        Registrant's Telephone Number, including area code: (301) 986-1800

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value   The NASDAQ Capital Market

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Section 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant; (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports; and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o    No o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act. Yes o    No ý

        The aggregate market value of the outstanding Common Stock held by nonaffiliates as of June 30, 2009 was approximately $86.8 million.

        As of March 4, 2010, the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of Eagle Bancorp, Inc. was 19,631,164.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Portions of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2010 are incorporated by reference in part III hereof.


EXPLANATORY NOTE

        We filed our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 on March 15, 2010 (the "Original Report"). We are filing this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (this "Amendment") to:

No other changes to the Original Report are included in this Amendment other than the items mentioned above and to provide currently-dated Exhibit Nos. 23, 31.1, 31.2, 32.1 and 32.2.

        This Amendment is being filed in response to comments we received from the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") in connection with the staff's review of the Original Report. We have made no attempt in this Amendment to modify or update the disclosures presented in the Original Report other than as noted above. Also, this Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original Report. Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Original Report, as amended and our other filings with the SEC subsequent to the filing of the Original Report.


Form 10-K Cross Reference Sheet

        The following shows the location in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or the Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2010, of the information required to be disclosed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Form 10-K. References to pages only are to pages in this report.

PART I   Item 1.   Business. See "Business" at Pages 92 through 97, "Employees" at Page 106, "Market Area and Competition" at Pages 107 through 108 and "Regulation" at Pages 109 through 114.

 

 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors. See "Risk Factors" at Pages 98 through 106.

 

 

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments. None

 

 

Item 2.

 

Properties. See "Properties" at Pages 114 through 116.

 

 

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings. From time to time the Company is a participant in various legal proceedings incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, the liabilities (if any) resulting from such legal proceedings will not have a material effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

 

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. No matter was submitted to a vote of the security holders of the Company during the fourth quarter of 2009.

PART II

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. See "Market for Common Stock and Dividends" at Pages 45 though 47.

 

 

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data. See "Six Year Summary of Financial Information" at Pages 3 through 4.

 

 

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" at Pages 5 through 44.

 

 

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. See "Interest Rate Risk Management—Asset/Liability Management and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" at Pages 37 through 41.

 

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. See Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto at Pages 52 through 91.

 

 

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. None.

 

 

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures. See "Disclosure Controls and Procedures" at Page 48 and "Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting" at Page 49.

 

 

Item 9B.

 

Other Information. None.

PART III

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the captions "Election of Directors" and "Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934" in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

 

 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. A copy of the code of ethics will be provided to any person, without charge, upon written request directed to Jane Cornett, Corporate Secretary, Eagle Bancorp, Inc., 7815 Woodmont Avenue, Bethesda, Maryland 20814.

 

 

 

 

There have been no material changes in the procedures previously disclosed by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the Company's Board of Directors.

 

 

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation. The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the captions "Election of Directors—Director's Compensation" and "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement, as amended under "Executive Compensation" at Pages 117 through 137.

 

 

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. See "Market for Common Stock and Dividends—Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans" at page 46. The remainder of the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the caption "Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders" in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence. The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the captions "Election of Directors" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services. The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the caption "Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Fees Paid to Independent Accounting Firm" in the Proxy Statement.

PART IV

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. See "Exhibits and Financial Statements" at Pages 138 through 139.

2


Six Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

        The following table shows selected historical consolidated financial data for Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"). It should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this report.

 
  Year ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Balance Sheet—Period End

                                     

Securities

  $ 245,644   $ 169,079   $ 87,117   $ 91,140   $ 68,050   $ 64,098  

Loans held for sale

    1,550     2,718     2,177     2,157     2,924     2,208  

Loans

    1,399,311     1,265,640     716,677     625,773     549,212     415,509  

Allowance for credit losses

    20,619     18,403     8,037     7,373     5,985     4,240  

Intangible assets, net

    4,379     2,533     236     255     168      

Total assets

    1,805,504     1,496,827     846,400     773,451     672,252     553,453  

Deposits

    1,460,274     1,129,380     630,936     628,515     568,893     462,287  

Borrowings

    150,090     215,952     128,408     68,064     32,139     30,316  

Subordinated debt

    9,300     12,150                  

Total liabilities

    1,617,183     1,354,456     765,234     700,535     607,288     494,919  

Preferred stockholders' equity

    22,612     36,312                  

Common stockholders' equity

    165,709     106,059     81,166     72,916     64,964     58,534  

Total stockholders' equity

    188,321     142,371     81,166     72,916     64,964     58,534  

Tangible common equity(1)

    161,330     102,568     80,930     72,661     64,796     58,534  

Statement of Operations

                                     

Interest income

  $ 84,338   $ 65,657   $ 57,077   $ 50,318   $ 36,726   $ 24,195  

Interest expense

    24,809     23,676     23,729     17,880     8,008     4,328  

Provision for credit losses

    7,669     3,979     1,643     1,745     1,843     675  

Noninterest income

    7,297     4,366     5,186     3,846     3,998     3,753  

Noninterest expense

    42,773     30,817     24,921     21,824     18,960     14,952  

Income before taxes

    16,384     11,551     11,970     12,715     11,913     7,993  

Income tax expense

    5,965     4,123     4,269     4,690     4,369     2,906  

Net income

    10,419     7,428     7,701     8,025     7,544     5,087  

Preferred dividends

    2,307     177                  

Net income available to common shareholders

    8,112     7,251     7,701     8,025     7,544     5,087  

Per Common Share Data(2)

                                     

Net income, basic

  $ 0.55   $ 0.63   $ 0.73   $ 0.77   $ 0.74   $ 0.51  

Net income, diluted

    0.55     0.62     0.71     0.74     0.70     0.48  

Dividends declared

        0.11     0.22     0.21     0.20      

Book value

    8.48     8.19     7.59     6.99     6.32     5.80  

Tangible book value(1)

    8.26     7.92     7.57     6.97     6.31     5.80  

Common shares outstanding

    19,534,226     12,714,355     10,693,447     10,425,870     10,274,394     10,078,712  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    14,643,294     11,556,569     10,531,236     10,373,080     10,177,948     10,062,368  

Ratios

                                     

Net interest margin

    3.85 %   4.05 %   4.37 %   4.81 %   4.99 %   4.35 %

Efficiency ratio(3)

    64.01 %   66.49 %   66.54 %   60.15 %   57.95 %   63.30 %

Return on average assets

    0.65 %   0.69 %   0.96 %   1.13 %   1.24 %   1.04 %

Return on average common equity

    6.60 %   8.05 %   10.03 %   11.63 %   12.25 %   9.16 %

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

    13.57 %   11.93 %   11.21 %   11.91 %   12.05 %   13.45 %

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

    11.82 %   9.78 %   10.20 %   10.82 %   11.04 %   12.52 %

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

    10.29 %   9.22 %   9.46 %   9.67 %   9.94 %   11.98 %

Asset Quality

                                     

Nonperforming assets and loans 90+ past due

  $ 27,131   $ 26,366   $ 5,324   $ 2,013   $ 491   $ 156  

Nonperforming assets and loans 90+ past due to total assets

    1.50 %   1.76 %   0.63 %   0.26 %   0.07 %   0.03 %

Allowance for credit losses to loans

    1.47 %   1.45 %   1.12 %   1.18 %   1.09 %   1.02 %

Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming assets

    76.00 %   69.80 %   150.96 %   366.27 %   1218.94 %   2717.95 %

Net charge-offs

  $ 5,454   $ 1,123   $ 979   $ 357   $ 98   $ 115  

Net charge-offs to average loans

    0.42 %   0.12 %   0.15 %   0.06 %   0.02 %   0.03 %

(1)
The information set forth below contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting policies in the United States ("GAAP"). These non-GAAP financial measures are "tangible common equity," and "tangible book value per common share." Our management uses these non-GAAP measures in its

3


 
  Year ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Common stockholders' equity

  $ 165,709   $ 106,059   $ 81,166   $ 72,916   $ 64,964   $ 58,534  

Less: Intangible assets

    (4,379 )   (2,533 )   (236 )   (255 )   (168 )    
                           

Tangible common equity

  $ 161,330   $ 103,526   $ 80,930   $ 72,661   $ 64,796   $ 58,534  
                           

Book value per common share

  $ 8.48   $ 8.34   $ 7.59   $ 6.99   $ 6.32   $ 5.80  

Less: Intangible book value per common share

    (0.22 )   (0.20 )   (0.02 )   (0.02 )   (0.01 )    
                           

Tangible book value per common share

  $ 8.26   $ 8.14   $ 7.57   $ 6.97   $ 6.31   $ 5.80  
                           
(2)
Presented giving retroactive effect to the 10% stock dividend paid on the common stock on October 1, 2008 and the stock splits in the form of 30% dividend on the common stock paid on July 5, 2006 and February 28, 2005. In July 2008, the Company discontinued the payment of its quarterly cash dividend.

(3)
Computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

4


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion provides information about the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"). The Company's primary subsidiaries are EagleBank (the "Bank") and Eagle Commercial Ventures ("ECV"). This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this report.

        Caution About Forward Looking Statements.    This report contains forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These forward looking statements represent plans, estimates, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, intentions, projections and statements of our beliefs concerning future events, business plans, objectives, expected operating results and the assumptions upon which those statements are based. Forward looking statements include without limitation, any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or achievements, and are typically identified with words such as "may," "could," "should," "will," "would," "believe," "anticipate," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "plan," or words or phases of similar meaning. These forward looking statements are based largely on our expectations and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on factors which are, in many instances, beyond our control. Actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed, or implied by the forward looking statements.

        The following factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in such forward looking statements:

5


        If one or more of the factors affecting our forward looking information and statements proves incorrect, then our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward looking information and statements contained in this report. You should not to place undue reliance on our forward looking information and statements. We will not update the forward looking statements to reflect actual results or changes in the factors affecting the forward looking statements.

GENERAL

        The Company is a growth oriented, one-bank holding company headquartered in Bethesda, Maryland. The Company provides general commercial and consumer banking services through the Bank, its wholly owned banking subsidiary, a Maryland chartered bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Company was organized in October 1997, to be the holding company for the Bank. The Bank was organized as an independent, community oriented, full service banking alternative to the super regional financial institutions, which dominate the primary market area. The Company's philosophy is to provide superior, personalized service to its customers. The Company focuses on relationship banking, providing each customer with a number of services, becoming familiar with and addressing customer needs in a proactive, personalized fashion. The Bank currently has a total of fourteen offices which is comprised of eight offices serving Montgomery County, Maryland, five offices in the District of Columbia and one office in Fairfax County, Virginia. Our eighth office in Montgomery County, located in Potomac, Maryland, opened in the fourth quarter of 2009.

        The Company offers a broad range of commercial banking services to its business and professional clients as well as full service consumer banking services to individuals living and/or working primarily in the service area. The Company emphasizes providing commercial banking services to sole proprietors, small and medium-sized businesses, partnerships, corporations, non-profit organizations and associations, and investors living and working in and near the primary service area. A full range of retail banking services are offered to accommodate the individual needs of both corporate customers as well as the community the Company serves. These services include the usual deposit functions of commercial banks, including business and personal checking accounts, "NOW" accounts and money market and savings accounts, business, construction, and commercial loans, residential mortgages and consumer loans and cash management services. The Company has developed significant expertise and commitment as an SBA lender, and has been designated a Preferred Lender by the Small Business Administration ("SBA").

        Throughout 2009, the financial services industry continued to encounter significant volatility and stress following severe contraction in worldwide economic activity, credit defaults and asset value declines in the fourth quarter of 2008 and first quarter of 2009. Generally weak economic conditions persisted in the U.S. economy and regionally in the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, with unemployment levels increasing, real estate values declining, personal income levels remaining flat, and average interest rates declining sharply. In this difficult operating environment, the Company was able to produce positive earnings in each quarter of 2009. The Company's primary market, the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, has been relatively less impacted by the severe recessionary climate than other parts of the country, due in part to the significant economic impact of the federal government. The Company did not make subprime residential mortgage loans to retail customers, and did not invest in private label mortgage backed securities, securities backed by subprime or Alt A mortgages, or the preferred stock of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, factors which have negatively impacted many banking companies. Notably, the

6



Company was successful in raising a significant amount of additional common equity in the third quarter of 2009 to fund additional growth, at a time when many community banks did not have access to capital markets. The new capital allowed the Company to redeem $15 million of the preferred stock which had been sold to the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury") under the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the "Capital Purchase Program") in December 2008.

        While the slowdown in the economy was less severe in the Company's marketplace than many other areas of the country, declines in housing construction and real estate values, and the related impact on contractors and other small and medium sized businesses' activity, has impacted the Company's customers and business. However, the Company has continued had the resources to continue to meet the credit needs of its community. The Company believes its strategies during these difficult economic times are providing substantial new relationships and future growth opportunities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and follow general practices within the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management in certain circumstances to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the Consolidated Financial Statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

        Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset warrants an impairment write-down or a valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.

        The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for investment securities available for sale are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available. The Company's investment portfolio is categorized as available for sale with unrealized gains and losses net of tax being a component of stockholders' equity and comprehensive income. Refer to the fair value disclosures at page 19 and Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements at page 83 for further discussion of the carrying value of the investment portfolio and certain loans.

        The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in our loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two principles of accounting: (a) ASC Topic 450, "Contingencies," which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and are estimable and (b) ASC Topic 310, "Receivables," which requires that losses be accrued when it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan. The loss, if any, can be determined by the difference between the loan balance and the value of collateral, the present value of expected future cash flows, or values observable in the secondary markets.

        Three components comprise our allowance for credit losses: a specific allowance, a formula allowance and a nonspecific or environmental factors allowance. Each component is determined based on estimates that can and do change when actual events occur.

        The specific allowance allocates a reserve to identified impaired loans. Loans identified in the risk rating evaluation as substandard, doubtful and loss (classified loans), are segregated from non-classified loans. Classified loans are assigned specific reserves based on an impairment analysis. Under ASC Topic

7



310, "Receivables," a loan for which reserves are individually allocated may show deficiencies in the borrower's overall financial condition, payment record, support available from financial guarantors and the fair market value of collateral. When a loan is identified as impaired, a specific reserve is established based on the Company's assessment of the loss that may be associated with the individual loan.

        The formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk rated loans, exclusive of those identified as requiring specific reserves. The portfolio of unimpaired loans is stratified by loan type and risk assessment. Allowance factors relate to the type of loan and level of the internal risk rating, with loans exhibiting higher risk and loss experience receiving a higher allowance factor.

        The environmental allowance is used to estimate the loss associated with pools of non-classified loans. These unclassified loans are also stratified by loan type, and environmental allowance factors are assigned by management based upon a number of conditions, including delinquencies, loss history, changes in lending policy and procedures, changes in business and economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, management expertise, concentrations within the portfolio, quality of internal and external loan review systems, competition, and legal and regulatory requirements.

        The allowance captures losses inherent in the portfolio which have not yet been recognized. Allowance factors and the overall size of the allowance may change from period to period based upon management's assessment of the above described factors, the relative weights given to each factor, and portfolio composition.

        Management has significant discretion in making the judgments inherent in the determination of the provision and allowance for credit losses, including, in connection with the valuation of collateral, a borrower's prospects of repayment, and in establishing allowance factors on the formula allowance and environmental allowance components of the allowance. The establishment of allowance factors involves a continuing evaluation, based on management's ongoing assessment of the global factors discussed above and their impact on the portfolio. The allowance factors may change from period to period, resulting in an increase or decrease in the amount of the provision or allowance, based upon the same volume and classification of loans. Changes in allowance factors can have a direct impact on the amount of the provision, and a related after tax effect on net income. Errors in management's perception and assessment of the global factors and their impact on the portfolio could result in the allowance not being adequate to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in additional provisions or charge-offs. Alternatively, errors in management's perception and assessment of the global factors and their impact on the portfolio could result in the allowance being in excess of amounts necessary to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in lower provisions in the future. For additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses, refer to the discussion under the caption "Allowance for Credit Losses" at page 24.

        The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 718"Compensation," which requires the expense recognition for the fair value of share based compensation awards, such as stock options, restricted stock units, and performance based shares. This standard allows management to establish modeling assumptions as to expected stock price volatility, option terms, forfeiture rates and dividend rates which directly impact estimated fair value. The accounting standard also allows for the use of alternative option pricing models which may impact fair value as determined. The Company's practice is to utilize reasonable and supportable assumptions which are reviewed with the appropriate Board Committee.

        In accounting for the acquisition of Fidelity & Trust Financial Corporation ("Fidelity") and its subsidiary Fidelity & Trust Bank ("F&T Bank"), the Company followed the provisions of ASC Topic 805 "Business Combinations," which mandates the use of the purchase method of accounting and ASC Topic 310-30, "Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality." Accordingly, the tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangibles acquired were recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition, with any impaired loans acquired being recorded at fair value outside the allowance for loan losses. The valuation of the loan and time deposit portfolios acquired were made by independent analysis for the difference between the instruments' stated interest rates and the instruments' current

8



origination interest rate, with premiums and discounts being amortized to interest income and interest expense to achieve an effective market interest rate. An identified intangible asset related to core deposits was recorded based on independent valuation. Deferred tax assets were recorded for the future value of a net operating loss and for the tax effect of temporary timing differences between the accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Company recorded an unidentified intangible (goodwill) for the excess of the purchase price of the acquisition (including direct acquisition costs) over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. See "Allowance for Credit Losses" at page 24, "Nonperforming Assets" at page 26, "Intangible Assets" at page 29, and Note 4 "Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses;" to the Consolidated Financial Statements, for further information on the acquisition of Fidelity.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

        The Company reported net income of $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a 40% increase from net income of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Net income available to common stockholders, which is after accrual of preferred stock dividends, was $8.1 million for year ended December 31, 2009, a 12% increase from net income available to common stockholders of $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        The increase in net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 can be attributed primarily to an increase in net interest income of 42% as compared to the same period in 2008. Net interest income growth was due substantially to growth in average earning assets of 49% in 2009.

        Earnings per basic common share were $0.55 for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $0.63 for 2008 and $0.73 for 2007. Earnings per diluted common share were $0.55 for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $0.62 for 2008 and $0.71 for 2007. Per common share amounts and the number of shares have been adjusted to give effect to the 10% stock dividend paid on October 1, 2008. The decline in net income per common share for 2009 in part reflects the significant increase in the number of shares outstanding as a result of the Company's successful offering of common stock completed in September 2009.

        For the three months ended December 31, 2009, the Company reported net income of $3.0 million as compared to $1.7 million for the same period in 2008. Earnings per basic and diluted common shares were $0.12 for the three months ended December 31, 2009 and for the same period in 2008, respectively.

        The Company had a return on average assets of 0.65% and a return on average common equity of 6.60% for the year of 2009, as compared to returns on average assets and average equity of 0.69% and 8.05%, respectively, for the year of 2008 and 0.96% and 10.03%, respectively, for the year of 2007.

        The Company's earnings are largely dependent on net interest income, which represented 89% of total revenue in 2009 and 91% in 2008. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the net interest margin, which measures the difference between interest income and interest expense (i.e. net interest income) as a percentage of earning assets declined from 4.05% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 to 3.85% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. This decline was due primarily to a reduced benefit of noninterest funding sources from 63 basis points in 2008 to 48 basis points for 2009, as average interest rates were lower in 2009 than in 2008. Average interest bearing liabilities funding average earning assets decreased to 77% as compared to 78% for the year of 2008. Additionally, while the average rate on earning assets for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 2008 decreased by 87 basis points from 6.33% to 5.46%, the cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased by 82 basis points from 2.91% to 2.09%, resulting in a net interest spread of 3.37% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 3.42% for the same period in 2008, a slight decline of 5 basis points.

9



For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, average noninterest sources funding earning assets were $355 million as compared to $225 million for the same period in 2008.

        For the three months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, average interest bearing liabilities were 75% and 79%, respectively, of average earning assets. Additionally, while the average rate on earning assets for the three months ended December 31, 2009 has declined by 61 basis points from 5.91% to 5.30%, as compared to 2008, the cost of interest bearing liabilities has decreased by 92 basis points from 2.73% to 2.81%, resulting in a increase in the net interest spread of 31 basis points from 3.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2008 to 3.49% for the three months ended December 31, 2009. The net interest margin increased 22 basis points from 3.74% for the three months ended December 31, 2008 to 3.96% for the three months ended December 31, 2009. The higher margin in the fourth quarter of 2009 was due primarily to lower funding costs resulting from a decline in money market rates and a higher mix of noninterest bearing deposits. Noninterest sources funding earning assets declined from 56 basis points for the three months ended December 31, 2008 to 47 basis points for the three months ended December 31, 2009. As with the twelve month period comparisons, this decline was due to the lower level of interest rates in 2009 as compared to 2008.

        The Company believes it has effectively managed its net interest margin and net interest income over the past twelve months as market interest rates have declined. This factor has been significant to overall earnings performance over the past twelve months as net interest income represents the most significant component of the Company's revenues.

        Due to favorable core deposit growth over the past twelve months, the need to meet loan funding objectives has not required the expanded use of alternative funding sources, such as Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances, correspondent bank lines of credit and brokered time deposits, the balances of which have declined since December 31, 2008. The major component of the growth in core deposits has been growth in a special money market account originally promoted through advertisements, but which is now promoted primarily through direct sales effort by the business development staff.

        In terms of the average balance sheet composition or mix, loans, which generally have higher yields than securities and other earning assets, decreased from 88% of average earning assets in 2008 to 85% of average earning assets for 2009, as balance sheet liquidity evidenced by an increased level of average federal funds sold and other short term investments increased in 2009. Investment securities accounted for 12% and 11% of average earning assets for 2009 and 2008, respectively. Federal funds sold averaged 3% and 1% of average earning assets for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The higher average level of investments and federal funds sold in 2009 (i.e. higher average liquidity) contributed to the decline in the net interest margin in 2009 as compared to 2008.

        For the three months ended December 31, 2009, average loans were 81% of average earning assets as compared to 87% for the same period in 2008. Loan growth amounted to $82.2 million in the fourth quarter, as compared to $128.3 million of deposit growth. The loan growth is attributable to both seasonality and to third quarter end loan commitments whose fundings carried into the fourth quarter of 2009. The significant increase in deposits in the fourth quarter is primarily attributable to strong sales force efforts and some seasonal inflows. Average investment securities for the three months ended December 31, 2009 amounted to 13% of average earning assets, an increase of 1% from an average of 12% for the same period in 2008. Average federal funds sold averaged 6% of average earning assets for the three months ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 1% for the same period in 2008, the increase due to higher average deposit growth as compared to average loan growth.

        The provision for credit losses was $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $4.0 million in 2008. The higher provisioning in 2009 as compared to 2008 is attributable to higher net charge-offs in 2009, $134 million in loan growth, risk migration within the portfolio due to a weaker economy and to increased reserves for problem loans. For the full year 2009, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $5.5 million, as compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2008. The ratio of net

10



charge-offs to average loans was 0.42% for 2009 and 0.12% for 2008. The amount of net charge-offs in 2009 was attributable to charge-offs in the unguaranteed portion of SBA loans ($496 thousand), commercial and industrial loans ($3.2 million), consumer loans ($568 thousand), mortgage loans ($552 thousand), commercial real estate investment property loans ($488 thousand) and owner occupied commercial real estate loans ($175 thousand).

        At December 31, 2009, the allowance for credit losses was $20.6 million or 1.47% of total loans, as compared to $18.4 million or 1.45% of total loans at December 31, 2008. The higher allowance percentage in 2009, as compared to 2008, is primarily attributable to higher levels of classified loans and related reserve allocations.

        The provision for credit losses was $2.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $1.5 million for the same period in 2008, the increase being primarily attributable to both higher levels of net credit losses and substantial loan growth in the fourth quarter of 2009. For the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $1.8 million, as compared to $166 thousand net charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2008. The charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2009 were attributable to charge-offs in the unguaranteed portion of SBA loans ($194 thousand), commercial and industrial loans ($1.0 million), consumer loans ($188 thousand), mortgage loans ($161 thousand), commercial real estate investment property loans ($115 thousand), and owner occupied commercial real estate loans ($137 thousand).

        Total noninterest income was $7.3 million for the year 2009 as compared to $4.4 million for 2008, an increase of 67%. This increase was due primarily to higher service charges on deposit accounts of $839 thousand resulting primarily from increased number of deposit accounts, gains realized on the sale of residential and SBA loans of $628 thousand, and gains realized on the investment securities portfolio of $1.5 million. Investment gains realized in the second quarter of 2009 were the result of asset/liability management decisions to reduce call risk in the portfolio of U.S. Agency securities, to reduce potential extension risk in longer term U.S. Agency mortgage backed securities and to better position the investment portfolio for potentially higher interest rates over future years. Increased gains from mortgage banking activities in 2009 reflect higher levels of mortgage refinancing given lower market interest rates.

        Total noninterest income for the three months ended December 31, 2009 increased slightly to $1.28 million from $1.26 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008, a 1% increase. This slight increase was due to higher gains realized on the sale of residential and SBA loans and securities of $138 thousand offset by a decrease of $123 thousand in service charges and other income, primarily from lower levels of overdraft charges.

        Total noninterest expenses increased from $30.8 million for 2008 to $42.8 million for 2009, an increase of 39%. The primary reason for this increase was the Fidelity acquisition (completed August 31, 2008) and staff additions which increased the size of the organization, and other related personnel and benefit costs of $4.2 million, increased occupancy costs of $1.9 million, related in part to one new office and increased data processing costs of $734 thousand. In addition, higher costs were incurred for legal, accounting and professional fees of $1.7 million and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") deposit insurance premiums of $2.1 million, which includes the special FDIC assessment of approximately $723 thousand recorded in the second quarter of 2009 and reflects higher base premium rates and increased levels of insured deposits. Other expenses increased $1.3 million primarily due to $304 thousand in OREO expenses, other losses of $299 thousand resulting from the write-off of ATM/Overdrafts fees, director fees of $169 thousand and $123 thousand of intangible amortization. The efficiency ratio, which measures the level of non-interest expense to total revenue (defined as the sum of net interest income and noninterest income) was 64.01% for the year of 2009 as compared to 66.49% for 2008. While the Company continues to make strategic investments in infrastructure, attention to post-merger integration was emphasized in 2009, resulting in more efficient operations.

11


        Total noninterest expenses were $10.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $10.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008, a 1% increase. Higher costs were incurred for salaries and benefits of $142 thousand, data processing of $106 thousand, legal, accounting and professional fees of $292 thousand, and FDIC insurance of $35 thousand. The higher costs were offset by a reduction in other expenses of $95 thousand and in marketing and advertising of $343 thousand resulting from the second year of sponsorship costs for the EagleBank Bowl being accrued over the twelve months of 2009, compared to 2008 where the costs were expensed primarily in the fourth quarter. The efficiency ratio was 59.02% for the fourth quarter of 2009, as compared to 72.54% for the fourth quarter of 2008, as the Company has enhanced its productivity since the acquisition.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

        Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets and the cost of funds supporting those assets. Earning assets are composed primarily of loans and investment securities. The cost of funds represents interest expense on deposits, customer repurchase agreements and other borrowings, which comprise federal funds purchased and other borrowings. Noninterest bearing deposits and capital are other components representing funding sources. Changes in the volume and mix of assets and funding sources, along with the changes in yields earned and rates paid, determine changes in net interest income. Net interest income in 2009 was $59.5 million compared to $42.0 million in 2008 and $33.3 million in 2007. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, net interest income was $16.7 million as compared to $13.2 million and $8.8 million for the same period in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        The tables below labeled "Average Balances, Interest Yields and Rates and Net Interest Margin" present the average balances and rates of the various categories of the Company's assets and liabilities for the years and three months ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Included in the tables are measurements of interest rate spread and margin. Interest spread is the difference (expressed as a percentage) between the interest rate earned on earning assets less the interest expense on interest bearing liabilities. While net interest spread provides a quick comparison of earnings rates versus cost of funds, management believes that margin provides a better measurement of performance. Margin includes the effect of noninterest bearing sources in its calculation and is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets.

12


Average Balances, Interest Yields and Rates, and Net Interest Margin

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
(dollars in thousands)
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
 

ASSETS:

                                                       

Interest earning assets:

                                                       

Interest bearing deposits with other banks and other short-term investments

  $ 3,928   $ 94     2.39 % $ 3,750   $ 98     2.61 % $ 4,565   $ 293     6.42 %

Loans(1)(2)(3)

    1,312,537     77,004     5.87 %   911,329     59,901     6.57 %   659,204     51,931     7.88 %

Investment securities available for sale(3)

    182,073     7,138     3.92 %   111,398     5,459     4.90 %   85,177     4,177     4.90 %

Federal funds sold

    46,412     102     0.22 %   11,255     199     1.77 %   13,682     676     4.94 %
                                             
 

Total interest earning assets

    1,544,950     84,338     5.46 %   1,037,732     65,657     6.33 %   762,628     57,077     7.48 %
                                             

Noninterest earning assets

    70,012                 50,050                 45,217              

Less: allowance for credit losses

    19,344                 11,581                 7,408              
                                                   
 

Total noninterest earning assets

    50,668                 38,469                 37,809              
                                                   
 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 1,595,618               $ 1,076,201               $ 800,437              
                                                   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                       

Interest bearing liabilities:

                                                       

Interest bearing transaction

  $ 52,083   $ 161     0.31 % $ 48,094   $ 306     0.64 % $ 51,465   $ 306     0.59 %

Savings and money market

    401,912     6,144     1.53 %   225,126     4,212     1.87 %   177,312     6,044     3.41 %

Time deposits

    566,686     14,651     2.59 %   402,232     15,025     3.74 %   270,480     13,461     4.98 %
                                             
 

Total interest bearing deposits

    1,020,681     20,956     2.05 %   675,452     19,543     2.89 %   499,257     19,811     3.97 %

Customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

    93,363     957     1.03 %   68,696     1,406     2.05 %   44,992     1,886     4.19 %

Other short-term borrowings

    30,562     611     1.97 %   15,577     546     3.51 %   11,093     611     5.51 %

Long-term borrowings

    45,322     2,285     5.04 %   53,750     2,181     4.06 %   29,033     1,421     4.89 %
                                             
 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    1,189,928     24,809     2.09 %   813,475     23,676     2.91 %   584,375     23,729     4.06 %
                                             

Noninterest bearing liabilities:

                                                       

Noninterest bearing demand

    236,340                 164,116                 135,075              

Other liabilities

    8,702                 5,718                 4,227              
                                                   
 

Total noninterest bearing liabilities

    245,042                 169,834                 139,302              
                                                   

Stockholders' equity

    160,648                 92,892                 76,760              
                                                   
 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  $ 1,595,618               $ 1,076,201               $ 800,437              
                                                   

Net interest income

        $ 59,529               $ 41,981               $ 33,348        
                                                   

Net interest spread

                3.37 %               3.42 %               3.42 %

Net interest margin

                3.85 %               4.05 %               4.37 %

(1)
Includes loans held for sale.

(2)
Loans placed on nonaccrual status are included in average balances. Net loan fees and late charges included in interest income on loans totaled $2.1 million, $1.6 million and $1 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(3)
Interest and fees on loans and investment securities available for sale exclude tax equivalent adjustments.

13


Average Balances, Interest Yields and Rates, and Net Interest Margin

 
  Three Months Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
(dollars in thousands)
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest   Average
Yield/Rate
 

ASSETS:

                                                       

Interest earning assets:

                                                       

Interest bearing deposits with other banks and other short-term investments

  $ 7,470   $ 39     2.07 % $ 6,648   $ 24     1.44 % $ 4,675   $ 112     9.50 %

Loans(1)(2)(3)

    1,352,076     20,576     6.04 %   1,218,067     18,804     6.14 %   687,032     13,299     7.68 %

Investment securities available for sale(3)

    224,225     1,747     3.09 %   166,803     2,040     4.87 %   102,643     1,218     4.71 %

Federal funds sold

    93,802     51     0.22 %   14,903     36     0.96 %   21,839     250     4.54 %
                                             
 

Total interest earning assets

    1,677,573     22,413     5.30 %   1,406,421     20,904     5.91 %   816,189     14,879     7.23 %
                                             

Noninterest earning assets

    74,569                 62,433                 43,556              

Less: allowance for credit losses

    19,974                 17,559                 7,503              
                                                   
 

Total noninterest earning assets

    54,595                 44,874                 36,053              
                                                   
 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 1,732,168               $ 1,451,295               $ 852,242              
                                                   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                       

Interest bearing liabilities:

                                                       

Interest bearing transaction

  $ 55,434   $ 44     0.31 % $ 51,536   $ 53     0.41 % $ 47,809   $ 92     0.76 %

Savings and money market

    527,300     1,845     1.39 %   282,534     1,232     1.73 %   196,283     1,490     3.01 %

Time deposits

    524,860     2,975     2.25 %   605,022     5,128     3.37 %   274,035     3,341     4.84 %
                                             
 

Total interest bearing deposits

    1,107,594     4,864     1.74 %   939,092     6,413     2.72 %   518,127     4,923     3.77 %

Customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

    82,106     184     0.89 %   99,071     388     1.56 %   55,698     511     3.64 %

Other short-term borrowings

    23,696     184     3.08 %   16,717     124     2.95 %   21,752     302     5.51 %

Long-term borrowings

    35,604     453     5.05 %   62,166     755     4.84 %   30,249     300     3.93 %
                                             
 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    1,249,000     5,685     1.81 %   1,117,046     7,680     2.73 %   625,826     6,036     3.83 %
                                             

Noninterest bearing liabilities:

                                                       

Noninterest bearing demand

    273,711                 213,284                 141,229              

Other liabilities

    7,453                 7,719                 5,130              
                                                   
 

Total noninterest bearing liabilities

    281,164                 221,003                 146,359              
                                                   

Stockholders' equity

    202,004                 113,245                 80,057              
                                                   
 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  $ 1,732,168               $ 1,451,294               $ 852,242              
                                                   

Net interest income

        $ 16,728               $ 13,224               $ 8,843        
                                                   

Net interest spread

                3.49 %               3.18 %               3.40 %

Net interest margin

                3.96 %               3.74 %               4.30 %

(1)
Includes loans held for sale.

(2)
Loans placed on nonaccrual status are included in average balances. Net loan fees and late charges included in interest income on loans totaled $752 thousand, $514 thousand and $263 thousand for the three months ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(3)
Interest and fees on loans and investment securities available for sale exclude tax equivalent adjustments.

14


        The rate/volume table below presents the composition of the change in net interest income for the periods indicated, as allocated between the change in net interest income due to changes in the volume of average earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, and the changes in net interest income due to changes in interest rates. As the table shows, the increase in net interest income in 2009 as compared to 2008 was a function of a significant increase in the volume of earning assets, partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin on earning assets, due to the lower value of noninterest funding sources in 2009 as compared to 2008. For 2008 over 2007, the change is due to growth in the volume of earning assets offset by a decrease in the net interest margin on earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income

 
  2009 compared with 2008   2008 compared with 2007  
(dollars in thousands)
  Change Due
to Volume
  Change Due
to Rate
  Total Increase
(Decrease)
  Change Due
to Volume
  Change Due
to Rate
  Total Increase
(Decrease)
 

Interest earned on:

                                     
 

Loans

  $ 26,371   $ (9,268 ) $ 17,103   $ 19,862   $ (11,892 ) $ 7,970  
 

Investment securities

    3,463     (1,784 )   1,679     1,286     (4 )   1,282  
 

Interest bearing bank deposits

    5     (9 )   (4 )   (52 )   (143 )   (195 )
 

Federal funds sold

    622     (719 )   (97 )   (120 )   (357 )   (477 )
                           
   

Total interest income

    30,461     (11,780 )   18,681     20,976     (12,396 )   8,580  
                           

Interest paid on:

                                     
 

Interest bearing transaction

    25     (170 )   (145 )   (20 )   20      
 

Savings and money market

    3,308     (1,376 )   1,932     1,630     (3,462 )   (1,832 )
 

Time deposits

    6,143     (6,517 )   (374 )   6,557     (4,993 )   1,564  
 

Customer repurchase agreements

    505     (954 )   (449 )   994     (1,474 )   (480 )
 

Other borrowings

    183     (14 )   169     1,457     (762 )   695  
                           
   

Total interest expense

    10,164     (9,031 )   1,133     10,617     (10,670 )   (53 )
                           

Net interest income

  $ 20,297   $ (2,749 ) $ 17,548   $ 10,359   $ (1,726 ) $ 8,633  
                           

Provision for Credit Losses

        The provision for credit losses represents the amount of expense charged to current earnings to fund the allowance for credit losses. The amount of the allowance for credit losses is based on many factors which reflect management's assessment of the risk in the loan portfolio. Those factors include economic conditions and trends, the value and adequacy of collateral, volume and mix of the portfolio, performance of the portfolio, and internal loan processes of the Company and Bank.

        Management has developed a comprehensive analytical process to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. This process and guidelines were developed utilizing among other factors, the guidance from federal banking regulatory agencies. The results of this process, in combination with conclusions of the Bank's outside loan review consultant, support management's assessment as to the adequacy of the allowance at the balance sheet date. Please refer to the discussion under the caption "Critical Accounting Policies" for an overview of the methodology management employs on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance and the provisions charged to expense. Also, refer to the table in the section titled "Allowance for Credit Losses" at page 24, which reflects the comparative charge-offs and recoveries.

15


        During the year of 2009, the allowance for credit losses increased $2.2 million reflecting $7.7 million in provision for credit losses and $5.5 million in net charge-offs during the period. The provision for credit losses of $7.7 million for 2009 compared to a provision for credit losses of $4.0 million for the same period in 2008. For 2009, net charge-offs amounted to $5.5 million as compared to $1.1 million for 2008. The higher provisioning in 2009 as compared to 2008 is attributable to higher net charge-offs in 2009, $134 million in loan growth, risk migration within the portfolio due to a weaker economy and to increased reserves for problem loans.

        During the three months ended December 31, 2009, the allowance for credit losses increased $690 thousand reflecting $2.5 million in provision for credit losses and $1.8 million in net charge-offs during the period. The provision for credit losses was $2.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008. For the fourth quarter of 2009, net charge-offs amounted to $1.8 million as compared to $166 thousand of net charge-offs for the same period in 2008. The higher provision for the fourth quarter of 2009 is primarily attributable to loan growth in the fourth quarter of 2009, migration within the portfolio to higher risk assessments, and increases in specific reserves for problem loans.

        As part of its comprehensive loan review process, the Bank's Board of Directors and Loan Committee or Company's Credit Review Committees carefully evaluate loans which are past-due 30 days or more. The Committees make a thorough assessment of the conditions and circumstances surrounding each delinquent loan. The Bank's loan policy requires that loans be placed on nonaccrual if they are ninety days past-due, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, Credit Administration specifically analyzes the status of development and construction projects, sales activities and utilization of interest reserves in order to carefully and prudently assesses potential increased levels of risk requiring additional reserves.

        The maintenance of a high quality loan portfolio, with an adequate allowance for possible credit losses, will continue to be a primary management objective for the Company.

Noninterest Income

        Total noninterest income includes service charges on deposits, gain on sale of loans, gain on sale of investments, income from bank owned life insurance ("BOLI") and other income.

        Total noninterest income for the 2009 was $7.3 million compared to $4.4 million for 2008, an increase of 67%. The increase was attributed primarily to $1.5 million of income in 2009 from the gain on sale of investment securities. Other factors were higher service charges on deposit accounts of $839 thousand ($2.9 million in 2009 versus $2.1 million in 2008), and gains realized on the sale of residential and SBA loans of $628 thousand ($1.1 million in 2009 versus $426 thousand in 2008).

        Total noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2009 and 2008 was $1.3 million. Increases in gains realized on the sale of residential and SBA loans of $85 thousand and gain on sale of investment securities of $53 thousand were offset by decreases in service charges on deposit accounts of $51 thousand, due substantially to lower overdraft fees and decrease in other income of $72 thousand, primarily a result of lower loan prepayment fees.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, service charges on deposit accounts increased to $2.9 million from $2.1 million, an increase of 41% over 2008. The increase in service charges was primarily related to fee increases due in part to the impact of lower interest rates on customer earnings credits and to new relationships. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, service charges on deposit accounts decreased from $767 thousand to $716 thousand compared to the same period in 2008, a decrease of 7%. This decrease was due to a lower amount of overdraft fees.

        Gain on sale of loans consists of SBA and residential mortgage loans. For the year ended December 31, 2009, gain on sale of loans increased from $426 thousand to $1.1 million compared to the

16



same period in 2008 or 147%. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, gain on sale of loans increased from $19 thousand to $104 thousand compared to the same period in 2008. The higher amount of gains is due substantially to lower interest rates in 2009 which provided more attractive borrower refinancing opportunities.

        The Company is an originator of SBA loans and its current practice is to sell the insured portion of those loans at a premium. Income from this source was $372 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $212 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, gains on the sale of SBA loans amounted to $75 thousand as compared to no sales for the same period in 2008. Activity in SBA loan sales to secondary markets can vary widely from quarter to quarter. Beginning in 2010, the Company's earnings from the sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans originated may be negatively impacted by a new accounting standard, ASC Topic 860, "Transfers and Servicing," which will require that the recognition of profit on the sale of loans will be deferred until all re-purchase recourse provisions are met, which is typically a period of 90-120 days.

        The Company originates residential mortgage loans on a pre-sold basis, servicing released. Sales of these mortgage loans yielded gains of $682 thousand for the year of 2009 compared to $214 thousand in the same period in 2008. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, gains on the sale of residential mortgage loans were $29 thousand as compared to $26 thousand for the same three months of 2008. The Company continues its efforts to originate and sell residential mortgages on a servicing released basis. Loans sold are subject to repurchase in circumstances where documentation is deficient or the underlying loan becomes delinquent within a specified period following sale and loan funding. The Bank considers these potential recourse provisions to be a minimal risk. The Bank does not originate so called "sub-prime" loans and has no exposure to this market segment. Higher refinancing activity resulting from a decline in residential mortgage rates in 2009 as compared to 2008 was the primary reason for the increase in income. In 2010, the Company's earnings from residential mortgage loan origination and sale will be negatively impacted by new accounting guidance, ASC Topic 860, "Transfers and Servicing," which will require that the recognition of profit on the sale of loans will be deferred until all re-purchase recourse provisions are met, which is a period of 90-120 days.

        Other income totaled $1.3 million for the year ended 2009 as compared to $1.4 million for the same period in 2008, a decrease of 5%. The major components of income in this category consist of ATM fees, SBA service fees, noninterest loan fees and other noninterest fee income. ATM fees increased from $352 thousand for the year ended 2008 to $430 thousand for the year ended 2009, a 22% increase. SBA service fees increased from $163 thousand for the year ended 2008 to $184 thousand for the year ended 2009, a 13% increase. Noninterest loan fees decreased to $461 thousand for the year ended 2009 from $622 thousand for the same period in 2008, a 26% decrease, primarily due to lower levels of prepayment fees. Other noninterest fee income was $246 thousand for the year 2009 compared to $277 thousand for the same period in 2008. Other income totaled $340 thousand for the three months ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $412 thousand for the same period in 2008, a decrease of 17%.

        Net investment gains amounted to $1.5 million and $1 thousand for the year and quarter ended December 31, 2009, respectively, as compared to net investment gains of $2 thousand and a loss of $52 thousand for the year and quarter ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The increase in gains for the year of 2009 was the result of asset/liability management decisions to reduce call risk in the portfolio of U.S. Agency securities, to reduce potential extension risk in longer term U.S. Agency mortgage backed securities, and to better position the investment portfolio for potentially higher interest rates over future years.

17


Noninterest Expense

        Total noninterest expense consists of salaries and employee benefits, premises and equipment expenses, marketing and advertising, data processing, legal, accounting and professional fees, FDIC insurance and other expenses.

        Total noninterest expenses were $42.8 million for 2009, as compared to $30.8 million for 2008, a 39% increase, which primarily reflects the larger organization subsequent to the Fidelity acquisition. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, total noninterest expenses were $10.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2009, as compared to $10.5 million for 2008, a 1% increase.

        Salaries and employee benefits were $20.9 million for the year ended 2009, as compared to $16.7 million for 2008, a 25% increase. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, salaries and employee benefits amounted to $5.4 million versus $5.3 million for the same period in 2008, a 3% increase. These increases were due to staff additions and related personnel costs, primarily resulting from the Fidelity acquisition, merit increases, incentive based compensation and increased benefit costs. The higher salaries and employee benefits in 2009 as compared to 2008, were the result of have the additional staff for the full year compared to four months in 2008. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company's staff numbered 235, as compared to 175 at December 31, 2007.

        Premises and equipment expenses amounted to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $5.4 million for the same period in 2008. This increase of 35% was due primarily to new banking offices acquired in the Fidelity acquisition. Additionally, ongoing operating expense increases associated with the Company's facilities, all of which are leased, and increased equipment costs contributed to the overall increase in expense. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized $366 thousand of sublease revenue as compared to $293 thousand for the same period in 2008. The sublease revenue is a direct offset of premises and equipment expenses. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, premises and equipment expenses amounted to $1.8 million versus $1.9 million for the same period in 2008. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized $97 thousand in sublease revenue compared to $75 thousand for the three months ended December 31, 2008.

        Marketing and advertising costs remained the same at $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, advertising expenses amounted to $313 thousand versus $656 thousand for the same period in 2008, a decrease of 52%. The primary reason for the decrease was the accrual of sponsorship costs for the 2009 EagleBank Bowl over full year, while the expenses for the inaugural event were expensed primarily in the fourth quarter of 2008.

        Data processing costs were $2.4 million for 2009, as compared to $1.6 million in 2008, an increase of 45%. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, data processing costs amounted to $576 thousand compared to $470 thousand for the same period in 2008, an increase of 23%. Increases for the year and quarter were due to the addition of new banking offices and an increase in the volume of data processing activity following the Fidelity acquisition and organic account growth.

        Legal, accounting and professional fees were $2.7 million for the year ended 2009, as compared to $1.1 million for 2008, a 159% increase. This increase was primarily due to collection costs related to higher levels of problem assets and professional fees for consulting services. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, legal, accounting and professional fees amounted to $690 thousand compared to $398 thousand for the same period in 2008, a 73% increase. The same factors responsible for the year over year increase were responsible for the increase in the fourth quarter.

        FDIC insurance premiums were $2.7 million for the year ended 2009, as compared to $642 thousand in 2008, an increase of 328%. The primary reasons for the increase were an increase in the base FDIC premium rates charged on deposits, a special FDIC assessment of approximately $723 thousand recorded in the second quarter of 2009, and higher deposit balances, resulting both from the Fidelity acquisition and organic growth. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, FDIC insurance premiums amounted to $278 thousand as compared to $243 thousand for the same period in 2008, a 14% increase. This increase was due to an increase in the base FDIC premium rates charged on deposits and to higher deposit balances.

18


        Other expenses increased to $5.6 million in the year ended 2009 from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, or an increase of 31%. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, other expenses amounted to $1.5 million compared to $1.6 million for the same period in 2008, a decrease of 6%. The major components of cost in this category include insurance expenses, broker fees, record management and storage costs, communication expenses, director fees, OREO expenses, other losses and stockholder and NASDAQ related expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same period in 2008, the significant increases in this category were primarily OREO expenses, director fees, other losses and amortization of the core deposit intangible recorded in the acquisition of Fidelity.

Income Tax Expense

        The Company recorded income tax expense of $6.0 million in 2009 compared to $4.1 million in 2008 and $4.3 million in 2007, resulting in an effective tax rate of 36.4%, 35.7% and 35.7%, respectively. The higher effective tax rate for 2009 relates to a higher marginal tax rate on increases in income.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Overview

        At December 31, 2009, the Company's total assets were $1.8 billion, loans were $1.4 billion, deposits were $1.5 billion, other borrowings, including customer repurchase agreements, were $150.1 million and stockholders' equity was $188.3 million. As compared to December 31, 2008, assets grew in 2009 by $308.7 million (21%), loans by $133.7 million (11%), deposits by $330.9 million (29%), borrowings decreased by $65.9 million (30%) and stockholders' equity increased by $46.0 million (32%).

        A substantial portion of the growth in deposits during 2009 is due to a successful money market campaign, commenced in the second quarter of 2009 which resulted in stronger deposit growth than loan growth in the second half of the year, and a resulting higher liquidity position in federal funds sold.

        On September 21, 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 6,731,640 shares its common stock, at $8.20 per share, including 878,040 shares subject to the underwriter's over-allotment option. As a result of the capital raise, the number of shares of common stock subject to the warrants issued to the Treasury in December 2008 was reduced by 50% to 385,434.

Investment Securities Available for Sale ("AFS") and Short-Term Investments

        The tables below and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements provide additional information regarding the Company's investment securities categorized as "available for sale" ("AFS"). The Company classifies all its investment securities as AFS. This classification requires that investment securities be recorded at their fair value with any difference between the fair value and amortized cost (the purchase price adjusted by any discount accretion or premium amortization) reported as a component of stockholders' equity (accumulated other comprehensive income), net of deferred income taxes. At December 31, 2009, the Company had a net unrealized gain in AFS securities of $3.9 million as compared to a net unrealized gain in AFS securities of $3.9 million at December 31, 2008. The deferred income tax liability/benefit at December 31, 2009 and 2008 of these unrealized gains and losses was $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

        The AFS portfolio is comprised of U.S. Government agency securities (32% of AFS securities) with an average duration of 2.2 years, seasoned mortgage backed securities that are 100% agency issued (53% of AFS securities) which have an average expected lives of 2.7 years with contractual maturities of the underlying mortgages of up to thirty years, municipal bonds ($33.3 million or 14% of AFS securities) and equity investments which comprise less than 1% of AFS securities. The equity investment includes common stock of three community banking companies which have an estimated fair value of $359 thousand and two tax lien certificates which have an estimated fair value of $40 thousand. Ninety nine

19



percent (99%) of the investment securities which are debt instruments are rated AAA or AA. The remaining one percent (1%) of the investment securities which are debt instruments is municipal bonds which have a rating of A. All ratings represent high investment grade issues.

        At December 31, 2009, the investment portfolio amounted to $235.2 million as compared to a balance of $159.5 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of 47%. The growth in the portfolio was due in large part to investing a significant portion of the deposit growth in excess of loan growth that occurred in the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. The investment portfolio is managed to achieve goals related to income, liquidity, interest rate risk management and to provide collateral for customer repurchase agreements and other borrowing relationships.

        The following table provides information regarding the composition of the Company's investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated. Amounts are reported at estimated fair value. The change in composition of the portfolio at December 31, 2009 as compared to 2008 was due principally to Asset Liability Committee decisions to increase the mix of municipal bonds, which was believed to represent good value and safety, and to increase holdings of structured mortgaged backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies or government sponsored enterprises which are believed to well position the company in an increasing interest rate environment, which is anticipated over the next few years.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
(dollars in thousands)
  Balance   Percent
of Total
  Balance   Percent
of Total
  Balance   Percent
of Total
 

U. S. Government agency securities

  $ 76,107     32.4 % $ 74,029     46.4 % $ 51,295     62.4 %

Mortgage backed securities

    125,396     53.3 %   79,770     50.0 %   29,303     35.6 %

Municipal bonds

    33,325     14.2 %   4,708     3.0 %   351     0.4 %

Other equity investments

    399     0.1 %   973     0.6 %   1,298     1.6 %
                           

  $ 235,227     100 % $ 159,480     100 % $ 82,247     100 %
                           

        The increase in the investment portfolio in 2008, and the increased percentage of the portfolio consisting of mortgage backed securities, was due primarily to the acquisition of Fidelity.

        The following table provides information, on an amortized cost basis, regarding the contractual maturity and weighted average yield of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2009. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax exempt securities have not been calculated on a tax equivalent basis.

        At December 31, 2009, there were no issuers, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, whose securities owned by the Company had a book or fair value exceeding 10% of the Company's stockholders' equity.

 
  One Year or Less   After One Year
Through Five Years
  After Five Years
Through Ten Years
  After Ten Years   Total  
(dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
 

U. S. Government agency securities

  $ 8,095     4.49 % $ 67,885     2.50 % $       $       $ 75,980     3.04 %

Mortgage backed securities

    3,069     4.19 %   2,910     4.17 %   19,934     4.94 %   96,163     5.10 %   122,076     5.03 %

Muncipal bonds

                    3,023     4.47 %   29,822     4.12 %   32,845     4.15 %

Other equity investments

                                    436     4.79 %
                                           

  $ 11,164     4.41 % $ 70,795     2.57 % $ 22,957     4.88 % $ 125,985     4.87 % $ 231,337     4.25 %
                                           

20


        The Company also has a portfolio of short-term investments utilized for asset liability management needs which consists from time-to-time of discount notes, money market investments, and other bank certificates of deposit This portfolio amounted to $7.5 million at December 31, 2009 as compared to $2.5 million at December 31, 2008.

        Federal funds sold amounted to $88.2 million at December 31, 2009 as compared to $191 thousand at December 31, 2008. These funds represent excess daily liquidity which is invested on an unsecured basis with well capitalized banks, in amounts generally limited both in the aggregate and to any one bank.

Loan Portfolio

        In its lending activities, the Company seeks to develop sound relationships with clients whose businesses and individual banking needs will grow with the Bank. There has been a significant effort to grow the loan portfolio and to be responsive to the lending needs in the markets served, while maintaining sound asset quality.

        Loan growth over the past year has been favorable, with loans outstanding reaching $1.4 billion at December 31, 2009, an increase of $133.7 million or 11% as compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2008, and were $716.7 million at December 31, 2007, an increase of $549.0 million or 77% in 2008 over 2007.

        The Company had loan growth of $134 million during 2009, with $82 million being recorded in the fourth quarter of 2009. Approximately 62% of the Company's loan growth was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2009. The loan growth was predominantly in the commercial real estate segment. As conduits and Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities ("CMBS") credit sources dried up in late 2008 and through 2009, capital for real estate transactions became scarce. Many banks retracted their lending appetites as well, further contracting the supply of credit. The Company was able to capitalize on the demand/supply imbalance for credit with new loan fundings. Construction loans declined as projects came to completion and were paid off by permanent financing or sale. Demand for new construction loans declined sharply decreasing loan growth in that category during the year. Commercial and industrial loan growth was flat through the first half of the year, but picked up strongly during the second half of 2009. Consumer loan balances, a relatively minor focus of the Company's lending efforts, were essentially unchanged as consumers retrenched in the recessionary environment.

        The Bank is primarily commercial oriented and as can be seen in the chart below, has a large proportion of its loan portfolio related to real estate with 69% consisting of commercial real estate, residential mortgage real estate and commercial construction and residential loans. Real estate also serves as collateral for loans made for other purposes, resulting in 75% of loans being secured by real estate.

21


        The following table shows the trends in the composition of the loan portfolio over the past five years.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
(dollars in thousands)
  Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %  

Commercial

  $ 346,692     25 % $ 334,999     27 % $ 149,332     21 % $ 132,981     21 % $ 118,928     22 %

Owner occupied—commercial

    196,433     14 %   184,059     15 %   127,079     18 %   95,782     15 %   79,697     15 %

Investment—commercial real estate

    499,501     36 %   365,010     28 %   265,678     37 %   253,262     41 %   204,970     37 %

Real estate mortgage—residential

    9,236     1 %   9,757     1 %   2,160         1,523         1,130      

Construction—commercial and residential(1)

    252,695     18 %   283,020     22 %   110,115     15 %   86,524     14 %   90,035     16 %

Home equity

    87,283     6 %   80,295     6 %   57,515     8 %   50,572     8 %   50,776     9 %

Other consumer

    7,471         8,500     1 %   4,798     1 %   5,129     1 %   3,676     1 %
                                           
 

Total loans

    1,399,311     100 %   1,265,640     100 %   716,677     100 %   625,773     100 %   549,212     100 %
                                                     

Less: Allowance for credit losses

    (20,619 )         (18,403 )         (8,037 )         (7,373 )         (5,985 )      
                                                     
 

Net loans

  $ 1,378,692         $ 1,247,237         $ 708,640         $ 618,400         $ 543,227        
                                                     

(1)
Includes loans for land acquisition and development.

        As discussed under the captions "Business" and "Risk Factors," the Company has directly made higher risk loans that entail additional risks as compared to loans made following normal underwriting practices. These higher risk loan transactions, representing financing subordinated to loans made by the Bank, and occasionally referred to in this report as "subordinated financings" are currently made through the Company's subsidiary, ECV. This activity is limited as to individual transaction amount and total exposure amounts based on capital levels and is carefully monitored. Transactions are structured to provide ECV with returns commensurate to the risk through the requirement of additional interest following payoff of all loans, which additional interest is recorded as a component of non-interest income:

        Although the Company carefully underwrites each higher risk loan transaction and expects these transactions to provide additional revenues, there can be no assurance that any higher risk loan transaction, or the related loans made by the Bank, will prove profitable for the Company and Bank, that the Company will be able to receive any additional interest payments in respect of these loans, that any additional interest payments will be significant, or that the Company and Bank will not incur losses in respect of these transactions.

        As noted above, a significant portion of the loan portfolio consists of commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans, primarily made in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area and secured by real estate or other collateral in that market. Although these loans are made to a diversified pool of

22



unrelated borrowers across numerous businesses, adverse developments in the Washington D.C. metropolitan real estate market could have an adverse impact on this portfolio of loans and the Company's income and financial position. While our basic market area is the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, in which 97% of our commercial real estate exposure exists, the Bank has made loans outside that market area where the nature and quality of such loans was consistent with the Bank's lending policies. At present, the Company believes that commercial real estate values are stable in the specific sub-markets of the Washington, D.C. metropolitan market in which the Company has its most significant real estate exposure.

        The federal banking regulators have issued guidance for those institutions which are deemed to have concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Pursuant to the supervisory criteria contained in the guidance for identifying institutions with a potential commercial real estate concentration risk, institutions which have (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land which represent in total 100% or more of an institutions total risk-based capital; or (2) total commercial real estate loans representing 300% or more of the institutions total risk-based capital and the institution's commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months are identified as having potential commercial real estate concentration risk. Institutions which are deemed to have concentrations in commercial real estate lending are expected to employ heightened levels of risk management with respect to their commercial real estate portfolios, and may be required to hold higher levels of capital. The Company, like many community banks, has a concentration in commercial real estate loans. Management has extensive experience in commercial real estate lending, and has implemented and continues to maintain heightened portfolio monitoring and reporting, and strong underwriting criteria with respect to its commercial real estate portfolio. The Company is well capitalized. Nevertheless, the Company could be required to maintain higher levels of capital as a result of our commercial real estate concentration, which could require us to obtain additional capital, and may adversely affect shareholder returns.

        At December 31, 2009, the Company had no other concentrations of loans in any one industry exceeding 10% of its total loan portfolio. An industry for this purpose is defined as a group of businesses that are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

Loan Maturity

        The following table sets forth the time to contractual maturity of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009.

 
  Due In  
(dollars in thousands)
  Total   One Year or
Less
  Over One to
Five Years
  Over Five to
Ten Years
  Over Ten
Years
 

Commercial

  $ 346,692   $ 131,609   $ 157,383   $ 34,205   $ 23,495  

Owner occupied—commercial

    196,433     12,281     50,944     116,890     16,318  

Investment—commercial real estate

    499,501     65,868     245,005     179,122     9,506  

Real estate mortgage—residential

    9,236     65     397     1,137     7,637  

Construction—commercial and residential

    252,695     147,811     85,691     16,195     2,998  

Home equity

    87,283     618     3,748     10,747     72,170  

Other consumer

    7,471     3,773     2,279     110     1,309  
                       

Total loans

  $ 1,399,311   $ 362,025   $ 545,447   $ 358,406   $ 133,433  
                       

Loans with:

                               

Predetermined fixed interest rate

  $ 470,209   $ 57,228   $ 321,963   $ 71,889   $ 19,129  

Floating interest rate

    929,102     304,798     223,487     286,514     114,303  
                       

Total loans

  $ 1,399,311   $ 362,026   $ 545,450   $ 358,403   $ 133,432  
                       

23


        Loans are shown in the period based on final contractual maturity. Demand loans, having no contractual maturity and overdrafts, are reported as due in one year or less.

Allowance for Credit Losses

        The provision for credit losses represents the amount of expense charged to current earnings to fund the allowance for credit losses. The amount of the allowance for credit losses is based on many factors which reflect management's assessment of the risk in the loan portfolio. Those factors include economic conditions and trends, the value and adequacy of collateral, volume and mix of the portfolio, performance of the portfolio, and internal loan processes of the Company and Bank.

        Management has developed a comprehensive analytical process to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. This process and guidelines were developed utilizing, among other factors, the guidance from federal banking regulatory agencies. The results of this process, in combination with conclusions of the Bank's outside loan review consultant, support management's assessment as to the adequacy of the allowance at the balance sheet date. During 2009, a provision for credit losses was made in the amount of $7.7 million and net charge-offs amounted to $5.5 million. A full discussion of the accounting for allowance for credit losses is contained in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and activity in the allowance for credit losses is contained in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Also, please refer to the discussion under the caption, "Critical Accounting Policies" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation for further discussion of the methodology which management employs to maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses, as well as the discussion under the caption "Provision for Credit Losses."

        The allowance for credit losses represented 1.47% of total loans at December 31, 2009 as compared to 1.45% at December 31, 2008. This increase in the ratio of the allowance for credit losses was due substantially to increased reserves for problem loans. At December 31, 2009, the allowance represented 94% of nonperforming loans as compared to 72% at December 31, 2008. The increase in the coverage ratio was due substantially to loan growth during 2009 as new credits exhibit lower levels of potential credit risk.

        As part of its comprehensive loan review process, the Bank's Board of Directors, Director's Loan Committee and Credit Review Committee. Carefully evaluate loans which are past-due 30 days or more. The Committees make a thorough assessment of the conditions and circumstances surrounding each delinquent loan. The Bank's loan policy requires that loans be placed on nonaccrual if they are ninety days past-due, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, Credit Administration specifically analyzes the status of development and construction projects, sales activities and utilization of interest reserves in order to carefully and prudently assesses potential increased levels of risk which may require additional reserves.

        At December 31, 2009, the Company had $22.0 million of loans classified as nonperforming, and $20.9 million of potential problem loans, as compared to $25.5 million of nonperforming loans and $3.6 million of potential problem loans at December 31, 2008. Please refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption "Loans" for a discussion of the Company's policy regarding impairment of loans. Please refer to "Nonperforming Assets" at page 26 for a discussion of problem and potential problem assets.

        As the loan portfolio and allowance for credit losses review process continues to evolve, there may be changes to elements of the allowance and this may have an effect on the overall level of the allowance maintained. Historically, the Bank has enjoyed a high quality loan portfolio with relatively low levels of net charge-offs and low delinquency rates. In 2009, the Company witnessed an increased level of net charge-offs due to a weaker economy, but believes its level of net charge-offs and problem assets were below those of its peer banking companies. The maintenance of a high quality portfolio will continue to be a high priority for both management and the Board of Directors.

24


        Management, being aware of the significant loan growth experienced by the Company, is intent on maintaining a strong credit review function and risk rating process. The Company has an experienced Credit Administration function, which provides independent analysis of credit requests and the management of problem credits. The area was further enhanced as part of the Fidelity acquisition. The Credit Department has developed and implemented analytical procedures for evaluating credit requests, has refined the Company's risk rating system, and has adopted enhanced monitoring of the loan portfolio (in particular the construction loan portfolio) and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. The loan portfolio analysis process is ongoing and proactive in order to maintain a portfolio of quality credits and to quickly identify any weaknesses before they become more severe.

        The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for credit losses for the past five years.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 18,403   $ 8,037   $ 7,373   $ 5,985   $ 4,240  

Charge-offs:

                               
 

Commercial(1)

    3,944     481     1,005     369     122  
 

Real estate—commercial(2)

    488     29              
 

Real estate mortgage—residential

    553                  
 

Construction—commercial and residential(2)

    177     497              
 

Home equity

    427     124         15      
 

Other consumer

    191     86     26     5     17  
                       

Total charge-offs

    5,780     1,217     1,031     389     139  
                       

Recoveries:

                               
 

Commercial(1)

    274     44     37     27     41  
 

Real estate—commercial(2)

                     
 

Real estate mortgage—residential

    2                  
 

Construction—commercial and residential(2)

    2     50              
 

Home equity

                     
 

Other consumer

    49         15     5      
                       

Total recoveries

    327     94     52     32     41  
                       

Net charge-offs

    5,453     1,123     979     357     98  
                       

Additions charged to operations

    7,669     3,979     1,643     1,745     1,843  

Acquired allowance—Fidelity

        7,510              
                       

Balance at end of year

  $ 20,619   $ 18,403   $ 8,037   $ 7,373   $ 5,985  
                       

Ratio of allowance for credit losses to total loans outstanding at year end

    1.47 %   1.45 %   1.12 %   1.18 %   1.09 %

Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year

    0.42 %   0.12 %   0.15 %   0.06 %   0.02 %

(1)
Includes SBA loans.

(2)
Includes loans for land acquisition and development.

        The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category and the percent of loans each category bears to total loans. The allocation of the allowance at December 31, 2009 includes specific reserves of $2.7 million against impaired loans of $22.0 million as compared to specific reserves of $1.5 million against impaired loans of $25.5 million at December 31, 2008. The allocation of the allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses or charge-offs and does not restrict

25



the usage of the allowance for any specific loan or category. The larger allowance at December 31, 2008, as compared to December 31, 2007, reflects in large part the $7.5 million allowance acquired in the Fidelity acquisition.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
(dollars in thousands)
  Amount   %(1)   Amount   %(1)   Amount   %(1)   Amount   %(1)   Amount   %(1)  

Commercial

  $ 9,871     25 % $ 8,923     27 % $ 3,300     21 % $ 3,379     21 % $ 2,594     22 %

Real estate—commercial(2)

    6,495     50 %   4,849     43 %   3,053     55 %   2,800     56 %   2,395     52 %

Real estate mortgage—residential

    28     1 %   58     1 %   21         40         48      

Construction—commercial and residential(2)

    3,680     18 %   3,972     22 %   1,314     15 %   854     14 %   602     16 %

Home equity

    382     6 %   394     6 %   233     8 %   176     8 %   176     9 %

Other consumer

    163         207     1 %   116     1 %   124     1 %   84     1 %

Unallocated

                                    86      
                                           
 

Total loans

  $ 20,619     100 % $ 18,403     100 % $ 8,037     100 % $ 7,373     100 % $ 5,985     100 %
                                           

(1)
Represents the percent of loans in each category to total loans.

(2)
Includes loans for land acquisition and development.

Nonperforming Assets

        As shown in the table below, the Company's level of nonperforming assets (NPAs), which are comprised of loans delinquent 90 days or more, nonaccrual loans, restructured loans and other real estate owned, totaled $27.1 million, at December 31, 2009, representing 1.50% of total assets. While the total amount of NPAs at December 31, 2009 was slightly higher than at December 31, 2008, the ratio of NPAs to total assets and non-performing loans to total loans were both lower at December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. The Company has been highly proactive in addressing existing and potential problem loans resulting from a weaker economy, which has resulted in an improved level of NPAs as a percentage of total assets at December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. Management remains attentive to early signs of deterioration in borrowers' financial conditions and to taking the appropriate action to mitigate risk. Furthermore, the Company is diligent in placing loans on nonaccrual status and believes, based on its loan portfolio risk analysis, that its allowance for loan losses at 1.47% of total loans at December 31, 2009 is adequate to absorb potential credit losses in the loan portfolio at that date.

        Included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 is Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") of $5.1 million, consisting of twelve foreclosed properties. The Company had four OREO properties with a net carrying value of $909 thousand at December 31, 2008. OREO properties are carried at the lower of cost or appraised value less costs to sell. It is the Company's policy to obtain current third party appraisals prior to foreclosure, and to obtain updated third party appraisals on OREO properties not less than annually. Generally, the Company would obtain updated appraisals or evaluations where it has reason to believe, based upon market indications (such as comparable sales, legitimate offers below carrying value, broker indications and similar factors), that the current appraisal does not accurately reflect current value. During the year of 2009, the Company sold six foreclosed properties with a net carrying value of $1.6 million, realizing a net gain of $164 thousand.

        Included in NPAs are loans that we consider impaired. Impaired loans are defined as those which we believe it is probable that we will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, as well as those loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). Valuation allowances for those loans determined to be impaired are evaluated in accordance

26



with ASC Topic 310—Receivables, and updated quarterly. For collateral dependent impaired loans, the carrying amount of the loan is determined by current appraised value less costs to sell the underlying collateral, which may be adjusted downward under certain circumstances for actual events and/or changes in market conditions. For example, current average actual selling prices less average actual closing costs on an impaired multi unit real estate project may indicate the need for an adjustment in the appraised valuation of the project, which in turn could increase the associated ASC Topic 310 specific reserve for the loan. Generally, all appraisals associated with impaired loans are updated on a not less than annual basis.

        Loans are considered to have been modified in a TDR when due to a borrower's financial difficulties, the Company makes concessions to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Concessions could include interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Alternatively, Management, from time-to-time and in the ordinary course of business, implements renewals, modifications, extensions, and/or changes in terms of loans to borrowers who have the ability to repay on reasonable market-based terms, as circumstances may warrant. Such modifications are not considered to be TDR's as the accommodation of a borrower's request does not rise to the level of a concession and/or the borrower is not experiencing financial difficulty. For example, (1) adverse weather conditions may create a short term cash flow issue for an otherwise profitable retail business which suggests a temporary interest only period on an amortizing loan; (2) there may be delays in absorption on a real estate project which reasonably suggests extension of the loan maturity at market terms; or (3) there may be maturing loans to borrowers with demonstrated repayment ability who are not in a position at the time of maturity to obtain alternate long-term financing. The most common change in terms provided by the Company is an extension of interest only term. The determination of whether a restructured loan is a TDR requires consideration of all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the change in terms, and the exercise of prudent business judgment. The Company had no TDRs at either December 31, 2009 or 2008 and had made no modifications to loans resulting in principal or interest forgiveness or below market terms during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. Impaired loans consisted of $22.0 million of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2009, with $2.7 million of specific reserves, compared to $25.5 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2008 with $1.5 million of specific reserves.

        Total nonperforming loans amounted to $22.0 million at December 31, 2009 (1.57% of total loans), compared to $25.5 million at December 31, 2008 (2.01% of total loans). The decline in the ratio is due to both a decrease in nonperforming loans of $3.4 million year over year and to a larger loan portfolio at December 31, 2009.

27


        The following table shows the amounts and relevant ratios of nonperforming assets at December 31 for the past five years:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Nonaccrual Loans:

                               
 

Commercial

  $ 4,364   $ 3,506   $ 1,174   $ 1,976   $ 362  
 

Real estate—commercial

    2,426     4,167     641          
 

Construction—commercial and residential

    15,192     17,588     3,386          
 

Home equity

    42     196     123          
 

Other consumer

                    129  

Accrual loans—past due 90 days:

                               
 

Commercial

                37      
 

Real estate—commercial

                     
 

Other consumer

                     

Restructured loans

                     
                       
   

Total nonperforming loans(1)

    22,024     25,457     5,324     2,013     491  
                       

Other real estate owned

    5,106     909              
                       
   

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 27,130   $ 26,366   $ 5,324   $ 2,013   $ 491  
                       

Coverage ratio, allowance for credit losses to total nonperforming loans

    93.62 %   72.29 %   150.96 %   366.27 %   1218.94 %

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

    1.57 %   2.01 %   0.74 %   0.32 %   0.09 %

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

    1.50 %   1.76 %   0.63 %   0.26 %   0.07 %

(1)
Gross interest income that would have been recorded in 2009 if nonaccrual loans and leases shown above had been current and in accordance with their original terms was $1.4 million, while interest actually recorded on such loans was $1.4 million, while interest actually recorded on such loans was $546 thousand. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Company's policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.

        Significant variation in the amount of nonperforming loans may occur from period to period because the amount of nonperforming loans depends largely on the condition of a relatively small number of individual credits and borrowers relative to the total loan portfolio.

        At December 31, 2009, there were $20.9 million of performing loans considered potential problem loans, defined as loans which are not included in the 90 day past due, nonaccrual or restructured categories, but for which known information about possible credit problems causes management to be uncertain as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms which may in the future result in disclosure in the past due, nonaccrual or restructured loan categories. Approximately 6.2% of $21.2 million in loans reported as potential problem loans at September 30, 2009 migrated to non performing loans at December 31, 2009. The $20.9 million in potential problem loans at December 31, 2009 compares to $3.6 million at December 31, 2008. The significant increase over December 31, 2008 is in part associated with loans acquired in connection with the August 2008 merger with F&T and subsequently identified as potential problem loans. The Company has taken a conservative posture with respect to risk rating its loan portfolio, which has also resulted in significant increases in the level of potential problem loans over the past year. Based upon their status as potential problem loans, these loans receive heightened scrutiny and ongoing intensive risk management. Additionally, the Company's loan loss allowance methodology incorporates increased reserve factors for certain loans considered potential problem loans as compared to the general portfolio. See Allowance for Loan Credit Losses page 24 for a description of the allowance methodology. Of the $20.9 million in potential problem loans at December 31, 2009, 52.5% are secured commercial real estate loans, 33.2% are real estate secured C&I owner occupied real estate loans, and 14.2% are C&I loans.

28


Other Earning Assets

        Residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $1.6 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $2.7 million at December 31, 2008. Origination and sale of these loans on a servicing released basis is emphasized by the Company in order to enhance noninterest income, which emphasis is expected to continue in 2010. The Bank did not engage in the origination of subprime or "exotic" mortgage loans. See "Business" at page 92 for a description of the Bank's mortgage lending and brokerage activities.

        Bank owned life insurance is utilized by the Company in accordance with income tax regulations as part of the Company's financing of its benefit programs. At December 31, 2009 this asset amounted to $12.9 million as compared to $12.4 million at December 31, 2008, which reflected an increase in cash surrender values, and not new investments.

Intangible Assets

        The Company recognizes a servicing asset for the computed value of servicing fees on the sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans, which is in excess of a normal servicing fee. Assumptions related to loan term and amortization is made to arrive at the initial recorded value, which is included in intangible assets, net, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        For 2009, excess servicing fees of $62 thousand were recorded, and $88 thousand was amortized as a reduction of actual service fees collected, which is a component of other income. At December 31, 2009, the balance of excess servicing fees was $159 thousand. For 2008, excess servicing fees of $54 thousand were recorded, of which $105 thousand was amortized as a reduction of actual service fees collected, which is a component of other income. At December 31, 2008, the balance of excess servicing fees was $185 thousand.

        In connection with the Fidelity acquisition, the Company made an allocation of the purchase price to a core deposit intangible which was determined by independent evaluation and is included in intangible assets, net, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The initial amount recorded was $2.3 million, which is being amortized over its economic life of 6.44 years as a component of other noninterest expense. The amounts amortized in 2009 and 2008 were $186 thousand $62 thousand, respectively. The unamortized assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $2.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

        The Company recorded an initial amount of unidentified intangible (goodwill) incident to the acquisition of Fidelity of approximately $360 thousand. Based on allowable adjustments through August 31, 2009, the unidentified intangible (goodwill) amounted to approximately $2.2 million. The increase in goodwill year over year was the result of purchase accounting adjustments during the first year after the acquisition for write downs of assets that were overvalued at the date of the acquisition. The Company's testing of potential goodwill impairment (which is required annually) at December 31, 2009, resulted in no impairment being recorded.

Deposits and Other Borrowings

        The principal sources of funds for the Bank are core deposits, consisting of demand deposits, NOW accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposits from the local market areas surrounding the Bank's offices. The deposit base includes transaction accounts, time and savings accounts and accounts which customers use for cash management and which provide the Bank with a source of fee income and cross-marketing opportunities, as well as an attractive source of lower cost funds. To meet funding needs during periods of high loan demand and seasonal variations in core deposits, the Bank utilizes alternative funding sources such as secured borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB"); federal funds purchased lines of credit from correspondent banks and brokered deposits from a regional brokerage firm, a national brokered funds network and from the Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC network.

        For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, noninterest bearing deposits increased $84.4 million as compared to December 31, 2008 to $308.0 million or 21% of total deposits, while interest bearing

29



deposits increased by $246.5 million during the same period, primarily attributable to a marketing campaign begun in the second quarter of 2009 for money market accounts. Money market accounts and savings accounts collectively amounted to $582.9 million at December 31, 2009 or 40% of total deposits, as compared to $271.8 million, or 24% of total deposits, at December 31, 2008, a 114% increase.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, total deposits increased $331 million, from $1.13 billion to $1.46 billion, or 29%, due largely to focus sales efforts in 2009 to attract more core deposit customers, and also to the emphasis on requiring loan customers to place deposits with the Bank. Approximately 35% of the Bank's deposits at December 31, 2009 ($509.7 million) were time deposits, which are generally the most expensive form of deposit because of their fixed rate and term, as compared to 51% at December 31, 2008 ($579.2 million). This decrease in the time deposit category at December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008 was due in part to migration of funds in response to higher rate money market account promotions.

        The following table sets forth the maturities of time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more, which represent 20% of total deposits as of December 31, 2009, compared to 22% at December 31, 2008. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the maturities of time deposits and the Average Balances Table at page 13 above for the average rates paid on interest-bearing deposits. Time deposits of $100 thousand or more can be more volatile and more expensive than time deposits of less than $100 thousand. However, because the Bank focuses on relationship banking, and its marketplace demographics are favorable, its historical experience has been that large time deposits have not been more volatile or significantly more expensive than smaller denomination certificates.

 
  December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Three months or less

  $ 89,318   $ 109,283   $ 52,570  

More than three months through six months

    74,189     23,448     56,540  

More than six months through twelve months

    74,152     91,832     61,117  

Over twelve months

    58,540     24,953     3,359  
               

Total

  $ 296,199   $ 249,516   $ 173,586  
               

        From time to time, when appropriate in order to fund strong loan demand, the Bank accepts brokered time deposits, generally in denominations of less than $100 thousand, from a regional brokerage firm, and other national brokerage networks, including the Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC for one-way purchased transactions. Additionally, the Bank participates in the Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS"), which provides for reciprocal ("two-way") transactions among banks facilitated by the Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC for the purpose of maximizing FDIC insurance. These reciprocal CDARS funds are classified as brokered deposits. At December 31, 2009, total time deposits included $106.7 million of brokered deposits, which represented 7% of total deposits. The CDARS component represented $38.8 million or 3% of total deposits. These sources are believed to represent a reliable and cost efficient alternative funding source for the Company. At December 31, 2008, total time deposits included $192.7 million of brokered deposits, which represented 17% of total deposits. The CDARS component represented $81.1 million, or 7% of total deposits. The lower level of wholesale funding during 2009 is attributable to favorable growth in core deposits.

        At December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $308 million in noninterest bearing demand deposits, representing 21% of total deposits. This compared to approximately $223.6 million of these deposits at December 31, 2008 or 20% of total deposits. These deposits are primarily business checking accounts on which the payment of interest is prohibited by regulations of the Federal Reserve. Proposed legislation has been introduced in past Congresses which would permit banks to pay interest on checking and demand deposit accounts established by businesses. If legislation effectively permitting the payment of interest on business demand deposits is enacted, of which there can be no assurance, it is likely that we may be required to pay interest on some portion of our noninterest bearing deposits in order to compete with

30



other banks. Payment of interest on these deposits could have a significant negative impact on our net interest income and net interest margin, net income, and the return on assets and equity.

        As an enhancement to the basic noninterest bearing demand deposit account, the Company offers a sweep account, or "customer repurchase agreement," allowing qualifying businesses to earn interest on short-term excess funds which are not suited for either a certificate of deposit or a money market account. The balances in these accounts were $90.8 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $93.9 million at December 31, 2008, the decrease being attributed primarily to clients' reduced safety concerns over condition of the financial markets at December 31, 2009 as compared to the end of 2008, when financial markets were experiencing a period of heightened stress. Customer repurchase agreements are not deposits and are not insured by the FDIC, but are collateralized by U.S. government agency securities or U.S. government agency mortgage backed securities. These accounts are particularly suitable to businesses with significant fluctuation in the levels of cash flows. Attorney and title company escrow accounts are an example of accounts which can benefit from this product, as are customers who may require collateral for deposits in excess of FDIC insurance limits but do not qualify for other pledging arrangements. This program requires the Company to maintain sufficient investment securities for pledging purposes to accommodate the fluctuations in balances which may occur in these customer repurchase agreement accounts.

        At December 31, 2009 the Company had no outstanding balances under its federal funds lines of credit provided by correspondent banks, as compared to $5.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2008. This decrease was due to the Company having an ample supply of core deposits to meet loan funding needs throughout 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $50 million of borrowings outstanding under its credit facility from the FHLB, as compared to $105 million at December 31, 2008. This decrease in borrowed funding was due to larger amounts of core deposits, primarily money market accounts, attributable in part to special rate promotions over the March-September 2009 period. Outstanding FHLB advances are secured by collateral consisting of a blanket lien on qualifying loans in the Bank's commercial mortgage and home equity loan portfolios.

        On August 11, 2008, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement and related Stock Security Agreement and Promissory Note (the "credit facility") with United Bank, pursuant to which the Company may borrow, on a revolving basis, up to $20 million for working capital purposes, to finance capital contributions to the Bank and ECV. The terms of this facility were modified in July 2009. The credit facility is secured by a first lien on all of the stock of the Bank, and bears interest at a floating rate equal to the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate minus 0.25% with a floor interest rate of 4.75%. Interest is payable on a monthly basis. The term of the credit facility expires on June 25, 2010. At any time, provided no event of default exists, the Company may term out repayment of the outstanding principal balance of the credit facility over a five year term. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no amounts outstanding under this credit facility.

        On August 28, 2008, the Company accepted subscriptions for and sold an aggregate of $12.15 million of subordinated notes (the "Notes"), on a private placement basis. This offering, which was funded by several Directors of the Company, was utilized to provide additional Tier 2 regulatory capital in the wake of the acquisition of Fidelity, absent availability of other capital sources during 2008. The capital treatment of the Notes will be phased out during the last 5 years of the Notes' term, at a rate of 20% of the original principal amount per year commencing in October 2009. The Notes bear interest, payable on the first day of each month, commencing in October 2008, at a fixed rate of 10% per year. The Notes have a term of approximately six years, and have a maturity of September 30, 2014. On September 17, 2009, the Company redeemed an aggregate of $2.85 million of the Notes from certain directors of the Company. At December 31, 2009, $9.3 million of the Notes remaining outstanding, and are included in long-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Please refer to Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company's short and long-term borrowings.

31


COMPARISON OF 2008 VERSUS 2007

        The results of operation of the Company include the results of operation of Fidelity, acquired on August 31, 2008, for the period September 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 only.

        The Company reported net income of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 4% decrease from net income of $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

        The decrease in net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 can be attributed substantially to an increase in the provision for credit losses of 142% and a 24% increase in noninterest expense while interest income increased by only 15% as compared to the same period in 2007. Net interest income showed an increase of 26% on growth in average earning assets of 36%. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, the Company experienced a 32 basis point decline in its net interest margin from 4.37% in 2007 to 4.05% in 2008. This change was primarily due to a lesser value for noninterest funding sources (0.63% as compared to 0.95%) as interest rates declined significantly during 2008. Additionally, a portion of the decline was due to lower margins on the assets and liabilities acquired in the Fidelity acquisition.

        Earnings per basic common share were $0.63 for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $0.73 for 2007. Earnings per diluted common share were $0.62 for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $0.71 for 2007. Per common share amounts and the number of shares have been adjusted to give effect to the 10% stock dividend paid on October 1, 2008.

        The Company had a return on average assets of 0.69% and a return on average common equity of 8.05% for the year of 2008, as compared to returns on average assets and average equity of 0.96% and 10.03%, respectively, for the year of 2007.

        For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, average interest bearing liabilities funding average earning assets increased to 78% as compared to 77% for the year of 2007. Additionally, while the average rate on earning assets for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, decreased by 115 basis points from 7.48% to 6.33%, the cost of interest bearing liabilities also decreased by 115 basis points from 4.06% to 2.91%, resulting in a net interest spread of 3.42% for both the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The 32 basis point decline in the net interest margin from 4.37% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 to 4.05% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 reflects the effects of a steep decline in market interest rates that reduced the benefit of noninterest funding sources from 95 basis points in 2007 to 63 basis points for 2008. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, average noninterest sources funding earning assets were $225 million as compared to $179 million for the same period in 2007.

        Due to the need to meet loan funding objectives in excess of deposit growth during 2008, the Bank has relied to a larger extent on alternative funding sources, such as FHLB advances and brokered time deposits, which sources provided favorable funding costs.

        Loans, which generally have higher yields than securities and other earning assets, increased to 88% of average earning assets in 2008 from 86% of average earning assets for 2007. Investment securities accounted for 11% of average earning assets for both 2008 and 2007. Federal funds sold averaged 1% and 2% of average earning assets for 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        The provision for credit losses was $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to $1.6 million in 2007. The higher provision for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, is attributable to substantially higher levels of loan growth, migration of loans to higher risk assessments within the portfolio and increases in reserve allocations on classified loans. For the full year 2008, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $1.1 million, as compared to $979 thousand for the same period in 2007. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.12% for 2008 and 0.15% for 2007. The increase in

32



the amount of net charge-offs in 2008 over 2007 was attributable to charge-offs in commercial construction and land development loans ($446 thousand versus $0), the unguaranteed portion of SBA loans ($337 thousand versus $0 thousand), non-real estate commercial business loans ($100 thousand versus $968 thousand), consumer loans ($210 thousand versus $11 thousand), and commercial real estate investment property loans ($29 thousand versus $0).

        At December 31, 2008, the allowance for credit losses was $18.4 million (including the assumed balance of the Fidelity allowance for credit losses of $7.5 million), or 1.45% of total loans, as compared to $8.0 million or 1.12% of total loans at December 31, 2007. The primary factor in the increase of the balance of the allowance was the acquisition of Fidelity and the assumption of its allowance related to unimpaired loans. The increase in the allowance as a percentage of total loans reflects a higher risk profile of the loans acquired from Fidelity, as well as a change in the mix of loans as a result of the acquisition of Fidelity.

        Total noninterest income was $4.4 million for 2008 as compared to $5.2 million for 2007, a decrease of 16%. These amounts include net investment gains of $2 thousand for the year of 2008 and $6 thousand in 2007. The decrease was attributable primarily to $1.3 million of income in 2007 from the settlement of a subordinated financing transaction. Excluding this transaction, noninterest income increased 10%, which includes the impact of the Fidelity acquisition. Other factors were higher service charges on deposit accounts of $919 thousand ($2.4 million in 2008 versus $1.5 million in 2007), partially offset by lower volume of SBA and residential mortgage loan sales activity ($426 thousand in 2008 versus $1.0 million in 2007). Income from subordinated financing activities can fluctuate greatly between periods, as it is based on the progress of a limited number of development projects.

        Total noninterest expenses were $30.8 million for 2008, as compared to $24.9 million for 2007, a 24% increase, which reflects the larger organization subsequent to the Fidelity acquisition. The other primary reasons for this increase were merit increases, higher personnel costs, increased broker fees, higher internet and license agreement fees, increased legal, accounting and professional fees, including loan collection costs, and acquisition related expenses. In addition, higher costs were incurred for marketing, sponsorship, and professional services associated with the inaugural EagleBank Bowl. The efficiency ratio was 66.49% for the year of 2008 as compared to 64.67% for 2007.

        The Company recorded income tax expense of $4.1 million in 2008 compared to $4.3 million in 2007 resulting in an effective tax rate of 35.7%, and 35.7%, respectively.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company's total assets were $1.5 billion, loans were $1.3 billion, deposits were $1.1 billion, other borrowings, including customer repurchase agreements were $216.0 million and stockholders' equity was $142.4 million. As compared to December 31, 2007, assets grew in 2008 by $651.2 million (77%), loans by $549.0 million (77%), deposits by $498.4 million (79%), borrowings by $87.5 million (68%) and stockholders' equity by $61.2 million (75%).

        A substantial portion of the growth in all balance sheet categories in 2008 resulted from the Fidelity acquisition. A significant portion of the growth in stockholders' equity was due to the issuance of $38.235 million of preferred stock pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program. For additional information regarding the Company's participation in the Capital Purchase Program, please refer to page 40 and Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The Company paid a cash dividend of $0.0545 per common share for each of the first and second quarters of 2008 and $0.0545 per common share for each quarter of 2007. In July 2008, the Company, in an action to conserve capital, discontinued the payment of its quarterly cash dividend. On October 1, 2008, the Company issued a 10% stock dividend on the common stock.

        At December 31, 2008, the investment portfolio amounted to $169.1 million as compared to a balance of $87.1 million at December 31, 2007, an increase of 94%, most of the growth being associated with the Fidelity acquisition consummated as of August 31, 2008. The investment portfolio is managed to achieve

33



goals related to income, liquidity, interest rate risk management and providing collateral for customer repurchase agreements and other borrowing relationships. The Company's short-term investment portfolio amounted to $2.5 million at December 31, 2008 as compared to $4.5 million at December 31, 2007.

        Federal funds sold amounted to $191 thousand at December 31, 2008 as compared to $244 thousand at December 31, 2007. These funds represent excess daily liquidity which is invested on an unsecured basis with well capitalized banks, in amounts generally limited both in the aggregate and to any one bank.

        Loan growth over the year 2008 was favorable, with loans outstanding reaching $1.3 billion at December 31, 2008, an increase of $549.0 million or 77% as compared to $716.7 million at December 31, 2007.

        The Company had strong loan growth throughout the year 2008. In August, $360 million of loans were added as a result of the acquisition of Fidelity. Approximately 50% of the Company's organic growth was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008. The fourth quarter experienced growth in investment real estate lending which is attributable to various factors, including the Company having the opportunity to lend on local income producing commercial real estate projects which were typically financed in the CMBS market, and which was not functioning during most of 2008. The commercial portfolio growth is also attributable to various factors including increasing SBA guaranteed loans made for business acquisition; recording new commercial term loans to assist local business in various financing needs including equipment financing and providing ESOP financing so that the employees of a local company could acquire their company. New commercial lines of credit booked grew providing local businesses working capital; and new owner occupied commercial real estate loans grew allowing business owners to purchase and/or refinance the real estate in which their company operates.

        The allowance for credit losses represented 1.45% of total loans at December 31, 2008 as compared to 1.12% at December 31, 2007. This increase in the ratio of the allowance for credit losses was due substantially to the acquisition of Fidelity whose allowance for credit losses was approximately $7.5 million or 2.10% of Fidelity loans outstanding at August 31, 2008.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had $25.5 million of loans classified as nonperforming, and $3.6 million of potential problem loans, as compared to $5.3 million of nonperforming loans and $1.9 million of potential problem loans at December 31, 2007. The percentage of nonperforming assets to total assets was 1.76% at December 31, 2008 compared to 0.63% at December 31, 2007. Included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2008 is other real estate owned ("OREO") of $909 thousand and $0 at December 31, 2007, respectively. Excluding OREO from nonperforming assets, total nonperforming loans amounted to $25.5 million at December 31, 2008 (2.01% of total loans) as compared to $5.3 million (0.74% of total loans) at December 31, 2007. The increase in nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007 relates primarily to nonperforming loans acquired from Fidelity of $10.7 million and to two commercial loan relationships (approximately $4.4 million) which include commercial real estate loans secured by residential properties which have experienced cost overruns and/or delays in the development and construction processes.

        Residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $2.7 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $2.2 million at December 31, 2007.

        Bank owned life insurance is utilized by the Company in accordance with tax regulations as part of the Company's financing of its benefit programs. At December 31, 2008 this asset amounted to $12.4 million as compared to $12.0 million at December 31, 2007, which reflected an increase in cash surrender values, and not new investments.

        For the year ended December 31, 2008, total deposits increased $498.4 million, from $630.9 million to $1.1 billion or 79%. Approximately 51% of the Bank's deposits at December 31, 2008 ($579.2 million) are made up of time deposits, which are generally the most expensive form of deposit because of their fixed rate and term, as compared to 41% at December 31, 2007 ($257.3 million). This increase in the time

34



deposit category at December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007 was due to both the acquisition of Fidelity, which had a higher proportion of its deposits in time deposits, and to customer preferences toward higher interest FDIC insured products in the fourth quarter of 2008 as economic conditions worsened. Average time deposits amounted to $402.2 million in 2008 (48% of average total deposits), compared to $270.5 million in 2007 (43% of average total deposits), an increase of $131.7 million or 49%.

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $223.6 million in noninterest bearing demand deposits, representing 20% of total deposits. This compared to approximately $142.5 million of these deposits at December 31, 2007 or 23% of total deposits.

        As an enhancement to the basic noninterest bearing demand deposit account, the Company offers a sweep account, or "customer repurchase agreement," allowing qualifying businesses to earn interest on short-term excess funds which are not suited for either a certificate of deposit or a money market account. The balances in these accounts were $93.9 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $52.9 million at December 31, 2007, the increase being attributed primarily to the acquisition of Fidelity. Customer repurchase agreements are not deposits and are not insured by the FDIC, but are collateralized by U.S. government agency securities.

        At December 31, 2008 the Company had $5.0 million outstanding balances under its federal funds lines of credit provided by correspondent banks, as compared to $23.5 million outstanding at December 31, 2007. This decrease was due to changes in the funding mix to the less expensive funding provided by the FHLB. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $105 million borrowings outstanding under its credit facility from the FHLB, as compared to $52 million at December 31, 2007. Outstanding advances are secured by collateral consisting of a blanket lien on qualifying loans in the Bank's commercial mortgage loan portfolio.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

        The Company has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments. Except for its loan commitments, as shown in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk, the following table shows details on these fixed and determinable obligations as of December 31, 2009 in the time period indicated.

(dollars in thousands)
  Within One
Year
  One to
Three Years
  Three to
Five Years
  Over Five
Years
  Total  

Deposits without a stated maturity(1)

  $ 950,533   $   $   $   $ 950,533  

Time deposits(1)

    358,962     106,019     44,760         509,741  

Borrowed funds(2)

    100,790     10,000     30,000     9,300     150,090  

Operating lease obligations

    3,942     6,674     5,804     5,655     22,075  

Outside data processing(3)

    1,090     2,229     287         3,606  
                       
 

Total

  $ 1,415,317   $ 124,922   $ 80,851   $ 14,955   $ 1,636,045  
                       

(1)
Excludes accrued interest payable at December 31, 2009.

(2)
Borrowed funds include customer repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other short-term and long-term borrowings.

(3)
The Bank has outstanding obligations under its current core data processing contract that expires in May 2013 and one other vendor arrangement that relates to data communications and data software that expires in December 2012.

35


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

        The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. They involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

        The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary list of loan commitments at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

        Loan commitments represent agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract and which have been accepted in writing by the borrower. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained is based on management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral obtained varies, and may include certificates of deposit, accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, residential and commercial real estate.

        Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company which guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Collateral held varies as specified above and is required in instances which the Company deems necessary. At December 31, 2009, approximately 98% of the dollar amount of standby letters of credit was collateralized.

        With the exception of these off-balance sheet arrangements, the Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Company's financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, capital expenditures or capital resources, that is material to investors.

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

        Liquidity is a measure of the Company's and Bank's ability to meet loan demand and to satisfy depositor withdrawal requirements in an orderly manner. The Bank's primary sources of liquidity consist of cash and cash balances due from correspondent banks, loan repayments, federal funds sold and other short-term investments, maturities and sales of investment securities and income from operations. The Bank's investment portfolio of debt securities is held 100% in an available-for-sale status and has a substantial unrealized gain position, which allows for flexibility, subject to holdings held as collateral for customer repurchase agreements; to generate cash from sales as needed to meet ongoing loan demand. These sources of liquidity are considered primary and are supplemented by the ability of the Company and Bank to borrow funds, which are termed secondary sources and which are substantial. The Company's secondary sources of liquidity include a $20 million line of credit with a regional bank, secured by the stock of the Bank, against which there were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2009. Additionally, the Bank can purchase up to $70.0 million in federal funds on an unsecured basis from its correspondents, against which there were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2009 and can borrow unsecured funds under one-way CDARS brokered deposits in the amount of $82.0 million, against which there was $448 thousand outstanding at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Bank was also eligible to make advances from the FHLB up to $112.4 million based on collateral at the FHLB, of which it had

36



$50 million of advances outstanding at December 31, 2009. Also, the Bank may enter into repurchase agreements as well as obtain additional borrowing capabilities from the FHLB provided adequate collateral exists to secure these lending relationships. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank finalized a back-up borrowing facility through the Discount Window at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond ("Federal Reserve"). This facility, which amounts to approximately $163 million, is collateralized with specific loan assets identified to the Federal Reserve. It is anticipated, except for periodic testing, that this facility would be utilized for contingency funding only.

        The loss of deposits, through disintermediation, is one of the greater risks to liquidity. Disintermediation occurs most commonly when rates rise and depositors withdraw deposits seeking higher rates in alternative savings and investment sources than the Bank may offer. The Bank was founded under a philosophy of relationship banking and, therefore, believes that it has less of an exposure to disintermediation and resultant liquidity concerns than do many banks. There is, however, a risk that some deposits would be lost if rates were to increase and the Bank elected not to remain competitive with its deposit rates. Under those conditions, the Bank believes that it is well positioned to use other sources of funds such as FHLB borrowings, brokered deposits and correspondent bank lines of credit to offset a decline in core deposits in the short run and may also utilize the Federal Reserve's Discount Window facility. Over the long-term, an adjustment in assets and change in business emphasis could compensate for a potential loss of deposits. The Bank also maintains a marketable investment portfolio to provide flexibility in the event of significant liquidity needs. The Bank's Asset Liability Committee has adopted policy guidelines which emphasize the importance of core deposits and their continued growth. In the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank was able to substantially increase its core deposits through both new relationships and increases to accounts of existing relationships.

        At December 31, 2009, under the Bank's liquidity formula, it had $463.8 million of primary and secondary liquidity sources, which was deemed adequate to meet current and projected funding needs.

INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Asset/Liability Management and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        A fundamental risk in banking is exposure to market risk, or interest rate risk, since a bank's net income is largely dependent on net interest income. The Bank's Asset Liability Committee ("ALCO") of the Board of Directors formulates and monitors the management of interest rate risk through policies and guidelines established by it and the full Board of Directors and through review of detailed analysis reports quarterly. In its consideration of risk limits, the ALCO considers the impact on earnings and capital, the level and direction of interest rates, liquidity, local economic conditions, outside threats and other factors. Banking is generally a business of managing the maturity and re-pricing mismatch inherent in its asset and liability cash flows and to provide net interest income growth consistent with the Company's profit objectives. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company was able to both increase substantially its net interest income and manage its overall interest rate risk position.

        The Company, through its ALCO, monitors the interest rate environment in which it operates and adjusts the rates and maturities of its assets and liabilities to remain competitive and to achieve its overall financial objectives subject to established risk limits. In the current and expected future interest rate environment, the Company has been restructuring its investment portfolio to mitigate call risk should rates remain at current levels and to mitigate extension risk should rates increase. Additionally, the Company has been acquiring longer-term fixed rate liabilities given the very low interest rate environment, in an effort to secure attractive funding rates over the next three to four years. Also, and very importantly, the growth of core deposits, which enhance franchise value and provide a stable funding source, has been a major objective which has been met by the Company during 2009, adding liquidity and enhanced asset sensitivity to the year-end 2009 balance sheet. The re-pricing duration of the deposit portfolio increased to 30 months at December 31, 2009 from 22 months at December 31, 2008, as the mix of deposits shifted

37



from time deposits with relatively short duration to money market and demand accounts with longer durations.

        In the current very low interest rate environment, the Company has continued its emphasis on funding loans in its marketplace, and has been able to achieve favorable loan pricing, including interest rate floors on many loan originations. These factors have resulted in less pressure on loan yields over the past twelve months as average interest rates have declined, thereby enhancing the Company's net interest margin. Also, approximately 66% of total loans at December 31, 2009 (70% at December 31, 2008) have either variable interest rates, indexed primarily to the Wall Street Journal prime interest rate or are adjustable rate indexed primarily to the five year U.S. Treasury interest rate, with 34% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2009 (30% at December 31, 2008) being fixed rate. Subject to interest rate floor rates, these variable and adjustable rate loans provide additional income opportunities should interest rates rise from current levels. The re-pricing duration of the loan portfolio remained low at 12 months at both December 31, 2009 and 2008.

        Within the investment portfolio, during 2009, the Company has increased the mix of longer duration tax exempt municipal bonds and has added collateralized mortgage obligations which provide more structured cash flows and limited extension risk. We decreased the mix of U.S. Agency bonds exhibiting call risk and 30 year mortgaged backed securities. Also, the overall size of the portfolio has increased as average deposit growth exceeded average loan growth during 2009, in addition to the need to add to the portfolio to provide adequate collateral for potential growth in customer repurchase agreements. Both call risk and extension risk were reduced somewhat in the portfolio in the second quarter of 2009. Proceeds from the sale of callable agencies and longer-term mortgage backed securities were reinvested in a combination of high quality tax exempt municipal securities and seasoned 15 and 20 year and structured mortgage backed issues. The results of these actions were to increase the duration of the investment portfolio from 18 months at December 31, 2008 to 40 months at December 31, 2009, while the gross unrealized gain was approximately $3.9 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2009 with $1.5 million of net investment gain being realized in income for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully achieve its optimal asset liability mix, as a result of competitive pressures, customer preferences and the inability to perfectly forecast future interest rates and movements.

        One of the tools used by the Company to manage its interest rate risk is a static GAP analysis presented below. The Company also uses an earnings simulation model (simulation analysis) on a quarterly basis to monitor its interest rate sensitivity and risk and to model its balance sheet cash flows and its income statement effects in different interest rate scenarios. The model utilizes current balance sheet data and attributes and is adjusted for assumptions as to investment maturities (calls), loan prepayments, interest rates, the level of noninterest income and noninterest expense. The data is then subjected to a "shock test" which assumes a simultaneous change in interest rates up 100 and 200 basis points or down 100 and 200 basis points, along the entire yield curve, but not below zero. The results are analyzed as to the impact on net interest income, and net income over the next twelve and twenty-four month periods and to the market value of equity impact.

        For the analysis presented below, at December 31, 2009, the Bank's assumption for the re-pricing of interest bearing transaction, savings and money market deposit accounts reflects a 70 basis point change in interest rates for each 100 basis point change in market interest rates in both a decreasing and increasing interest rate shock scenario with a floor of 10 basis points. This assumption was updated as of December 31, 2009, as compared to a 50 basis point change previously employed. With the prospect of increasing interest rates, the Company desires to be conservative in this assumption.

        As quantified in the table below, the Company's analysis at December 31, 2009 shows a moderate effect on net interest income (over the next 12 months) as well as to the economic value of equity when interest rates are shocked both down 100 and 200 basis points and up 100 and 200 basis points due to the

38



significant level of variable rate and repriceable assets and liabilities. The re-pricing duration of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2009 is 3.4 years, the loan portfolio 1.0 years, the interest bearing deposit portfolio 2.24 years and the borrowed funds portfolio 1.25 years.

        The following table reflects the result of simulation analysis on the December 31, 2009 asset and liabilities balances:

Change in interest
rates (basis points)
  Percentage change in net
interest income
  Percentage change in
net income
  Percentage change in
market value of portfolio
equity
 
  +200     +2.1 %   +6.7 %   -0.1 %
  +100     +0.6 %   +2.0 %   +0.9 %
  0              
  -100     +2.6 %   +8.2 %   -4.6 %
  -200     +8.3 %   +26.5 %   -9.6 %

        The results of simulation are within the policy limits adopted by the Company. For net interest income, the Company has adopted a policy limit of negative 10% for a 100 basis point change and negative 12% for a 200 basis point change. For the market value of equity, the Company has adopted a policy limit of negative 12% for a 100 basis point change and negative 15% for a 200 basis point change. Any potential negative effects in both net interest income and the economic value of equity in both a higher and lower interest rate shock scenario at December 31, 2009 is not material.

        During 2009, the Company increased its asset sensitivity in anticipation of higher interest rates. This change is manifested in a positive impact on both net interest income, net income and the market value in portfolio equity in the chart above at December 31, 2009 as compared to the position at December 31, 2008, disclosed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Generally speaking, the loss of market value of portfolio equity in a lower interest rate environment is due to lower values of core deposits more than offsetting the gains in loan and investment values; while the loss of market value of portfolio equity in a higher interest rate environment is due to lower values of fixed rate loans and investments more than offsetting the higher value of core deposits, neither effect as mentioned above is considered material or unmanageable.

        Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or repricing periods, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgage loans, have features that limit changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the loan. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the tables. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of a significant interest rate increase.

        During the year 2009, average market interest rates declined as compared to 2008 and the yield curve steepened as average short-term rates declined more than average long-term rates. The average two year U.S. Treasury rate declined by about 105 basis points and the average ten year U.S. Treasury rate declined by about 40 basis points. In that environment, the Company was able to increase its net interest spread and margin in 2009 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2008. The Company believes that the change in the net interest spread in 2009 as compared to 2008 has been consistent with its risk analysis at December 31, 2008.

GAP Analysis

        Banks and other financial institutions earnings are significantly dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on earning assets and interest expense on interest bearing liabilities. This revenue represented 89% of the Company's revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 91% of the Company's revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 87% of the Company's revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

39


        In falling interest rate environments, net interest income is maximized with longer term, higher yielding assets being funded by lower yielding short-term funds, or what is referred to as a negative mismatch or GAP. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, net interest income is maximized with shorter term, higher yielding assets being funded by longer-term liabilities or what is referred to as a positive mismatch or GAP.

        Based on the current economic environment, and anticipating higher interest rates over the next few years management, in the second quarter of 2009, restructured the composition of its investment portfolio by selling U.S. Agency securities to mitigate call risk, by selling 30 year mortgage backed securities to mitigate extension risk and by purchasing seasoned 15 and 20 year mortgage backed securities and structured mortgage backed products to provide enhanced cash flows by increasing the portion of the investment portfolio that was amortizing. Additionally, the Company has increased the proportion of its tax exempt securities in the 10–15 year maturity range to provide attractive fully tax equivalent yields in a barbell approach to investing. These actions have had the effect of increasing the duration of the investment portfolio. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management has acquired longer maturities in its brokered deposit portfolio and its FHLB advances and has attracted large amounts of core money market accounts (which have longer durations) in an effort to build more client relationships. As noted above, the Company's net interest spread and margin for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 of 3.37% and 3.85% respectively were both improved from the net interest spread and margin in the fourth quarter of 2008 of 3.18% and 3.74% respectively, evidence that the Company was well positioned at December 31, 2008 for lower interest rates, which did occur in 2009.

        The Company's net interest margin decreased during 2009 as compared to 2008 by 20 basis points (from 4.05% to 3.85%) due to higher average liquidity during 2009 as compared to 2008. The higher average liquidity is reflected in higher average federal funds sold as both the average and year end growth in deposits during 2009 exceeded loan growth.

        The GAP position, which is a measure of the difference in maturity and re-pricing volume between assets and liabilities, is a means of monitoring the sensitivity of a financial institution to changes in interest rates. The chart below provides an indication of the sensitivity of the Company to changes in interest rates. A negative GAP indicates the degree to which the volume of repriceable liabilities exceeds repriceable assets in given time periods.

        At December 31, 2009, the Company had a positive GAP position of approximately 15.8% of total assets out to three months and a positive cumulative GAP position of 11.5% out to 12 months; as compared to a positive GAP position of approximately 13% of total assets out to three months and a positive cumulative GAP position of 1.5% out to 12 months at December 31, 2008, and a positive GAP position of 11.8% out to three months and a positive cumulative GAP position of 4.6% out to 12 months at September 30, 2009. The change in the GAP position at December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008 relates primarily to higher amounts of liquidity and short-term investments, to the acquisition of large amounts of money market and demand deposits which have longer lives (duration) and to the extension of the term for brokered deposits and FHLB advances. The current position is within guideline limits established by the Asset Liability Committee.

        While management believes that this overall position creates a reasonable balance in managing its interest rate risk and maximizing its net interest margin within plan objectives, there can be no assurance as to actual results. Management has carefully considered its strategy to maximize interest income by reviewing interest rate levels, economic indicators and call features within its investment portfolio, as well as interest rate floors within its loan portfolio. These factors have been discussed with the ALCO and management believes that current strategies are appropriate to current economic and interest rate trends.

        If interest rates increase, the Company's net interest income and net interest margin are expected to increase due to an excess of rate sensitive assets over liabilities at December 31, 2009, that reprice within a 12 month period.

40


        If interest rates decline, the Company's net interest income and margin are also expected to increase as the floors on the loan portfolio provide added value and variable rate deposits are reduced.

        Because competitive market behavior does not necessarily track the trend of interest rates but at times moves ahead of financial market influences, the change in the cost of liabilities may be different than anticipated by the GAP model. If this were to occur, the effects of a declining interest rate environment may not be in accordance with management's expectations.

GAP Analysis
December 31, 2009
(dollars in thousands)

 
  0–3 months   4–12 months   13–36 months   37–60 months   Over 60 months   Total Rate
Sensitive
  Non-
sensitive
  Total Assets  

Repriceable in:

                                                 

RATE SENSITIVE ASSETS:

                                                 
 

Investments securities

  $ 21,624   $ 46,613   $ 85,130   $ 32,893   $ 48,967   $ 235,227              
 

Loans (1)(2)

    764,952     115,732     273,566     218,650     27,961     1,400,861              
 

Fed funds and other short-term investments

    88,248                     88,248              
 

Other earning assets

        12,912                 12,912              
                                       
   

Total

  $ 874,824   $ 175,257   $ 358,696   $ 251,543   $ 76,928   $ 1,737,248   $ 68,256   $ 1,805,504  
                                       

RATE SENSITIVE LIABILITIES:

                                                 
 

Noninterest bearing demand

  $ 9,073   $ 27,219   $ 72,585   $ 72,585   $ 126,497   $ 307,959              
 

Interest bearing transaction

    59,720                     59,720              
 

Savings and money market

    286,840         118,405     118,405     59,204     582,854              
 

Time deposits

    133,906     225,056     106,019     44,760         509,741              
 

Customer repurchase agreements and fed funds purchased

    90,790                     90,790              
 

Other borrowings

    10,000         10,000     30,000     9,300     59,300              
                                       
   

Total

  $ 590,329   $ 252,275   $ 307,009   $ 265,750   $ 195,001   $ 1,610,364   $ 6,819   $ 1,617,183  
                                       

GAP

  $ 284,495   $ (77,018 ) $ 51,687   $ (14,207 ) $ (118,073 ) $ 126,884              

Cumulative GAP

  $ 284,495   $ 207,477   $ 259,164   $ 244,957   $ 126,884                    

Cumulative gap as percent of total assets

    15.76 %   11.49 %   14.35 %   13.57 %   7.03 %                  

(1)
Includes loans held for sale.

(2)
Non-accrual loans are included in the over 60 months category.

        Over the next twelve months, as reflected in the GAP table above, the Company has an excess of rate sensitive assets over rate sensitive liabilities of 11.5% out to 12 months. During 2009, the Company has recognized the probability of higher interest rates and has repositioned both its investment portfolio and its borrowed funds to better position the Company for that probability, while not exposing the Company to negative effects should interest rates either stay fairly stable or decline.

        Although NOW and MMA accounts are subject to immediate repricing, the Bank's GAP model has incorporated a repricing schedule to account for a lag in rate changes based on our experience, as measured by the amount of those deposit rate changes relative to the amount of rate change in assets.

41


CAPITAL RESOURCES AND ADEQUACY

        The assessment of capital adequacy depends on a number of factors such as asset quality and mix, liquidity, earnings performance, changing competitive conditions and economic forces, regulatory measures and policy, as well as the overall level of growth and complexity of the balance sheet. The adequacy of the Company's current and future capital needs is monitored by management on an ongoing basis. Management seeks to maintain a capital structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and to absorb potential losses.

        The federal banking regulators have issued guidance for those institutions which are deemed to have concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Pursuant to the supervisory criteria contained in the guidance for identifying institutions with a potential commercial real estate concentration risk, institutions which have (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land acquisitions which represent in total 100% or more of an institution's total risk-based capital; or (2) total commercial real estate loans representing 300% or more of the institution's total risk-based capital and the institution's commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months are identified as having potential commercial real estate concentration risk. Institutions which are deemed to have concentrations in commercial real estate lending are expected to employ heightened levels of risk management with respect to their commercial real estate portfolios, and may be required to hold higher levels of capital. The Company, like many community banks, has a concentration in commercial real estate loans. Management has extensive experience in commercial real estate lending, and has implemented and continues to maintain heightened risk management procedures, and strong underwriting criteria with respect to its commercial real estate portfolio. Nevertheless, we may be required to maintain higher levels of capital as a result of our commercial real estate concentration, which could require us to obtain additional capital, and may adversely affect shareholder returns.

        On August 28, 2008 the Company accepted subscriptions for and sold an aggregate of $12.15 million of subordinated notes (the "Notes"), on a private placement basis, to seven parties, all of whom were directors of the Company or the Bank. The Notes, which qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes, to the extent permitted, were issued in connection with an effort to meet regulatory requirements for the consummation of the acquisition of Fidelity, completed as of August 31, 2008. The qualifying capital treatment of the Notes are phased out during the last 5 years of the Notes' term (commencing in October 2009), at a rate of 20% of the original principal amount per year. The Notes bear interest, payable on the first day of each month, commencing in October 2008, at a fixed rate of 10.0% per year. The Notes have a term of approximately six years, and have a maturity of September 30, 2014.

        In connection with the common stock qualifying capital raise in September 2009 referred to below, $2.85 million of the Notes were redeemed, leaving an outstanding balance of Notes of $9.3 million at December 31, 2009. These Notes are included in long-term borrowings on the balance sheet.

        On December 5, 2008, the Company entered into and consummated an agreement with the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company issued 38,235 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, $1,000 liquidation amount per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), for a total purchase price of $38,235,000. The Series A Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year. The Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting, except in limited circumstances. Prior to the third anniversary of issuance, unless the Company has redeemed all of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Treasury has transferred all of the Series A Preferred Stock to a third party, the consent of the Treasury will be required for the Company to increase its common stock dividend or repurchase its common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Purchase Agreement. In connection with the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Treasury was issued a warrant (the "Warrant") to purchase 770,867 shares of the Company's common stock at an initial exercise price of $7.44 per share. The Warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the

42


number of shares of the common stock issuable upon exercise pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions, such as upon stock splits or distributions of securities or other assets to holders of the common stock, and upon certain issuances of the common stock (or securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, common stock) at or below 90% of the market price of the common stock on the trading day prior to the date of the agreement on pricing such securities. The Warrants expires ten years from the date of issuance. The number of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the Warrant will be reduced by one-half if, on or prior to December 31, 2009, the Company receives aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $38,235,000 from "qualified equity offerings" announced after October 13, 2008. The Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.

        On September 21, 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 6,731,640 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $8.20 per share, including 878,040 shares subject to the underwriter's over-allotment option. The offering, which constituted a "qualified equity offering" for purposes of the Series A Preferred Stock, generated gross cash proceeds of $55,199,448. As a result of the offering, the Company, in November 2009, received Treasury approval of the reduction of the number of shares of common stock subject to the Warrant. Accordingly, the discount on the preferred stock and the warrants were reduced by $946 thousand in November 2009.

        On December 23, 2009, the Company redeemed 15,000 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, $1,000 liquidation amount per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock") issued to the Treasury on December 5, 2008 (see above) pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program. The aggregate redemption price for the shares was $15,079,166, including accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares. Following the repurchase, 23,235 shares of Series A Preferred Stock ($23,235,000) remain outstanding, held by the Treasury.

        At December 31, 2009, the capital position of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, continues to exceed regulatory requirements and guidelines. The primary indicators relied on by bank regulators in measuring the capital position are the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, Total risk-based capital ratio, and the Leverage ratio. Tier 1 capital consists of common and qualifying preferred stockholders' equity (including without limit the preferred stock issued to the Treasury) less goodwill and other intangibles. Total risk-based capital consists of Tier 1 capital, plus qualifying subordinated debt, and the qualifying portion of the allowance for credit losses, and for the Company to a limited extent, excess amounts of restricted core capital elements. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, 8.9% and 7.5% of the allowance for credit losses was included in Total risk-based capital. Risk-based capital ratios are calculated with reference to risk-weighted assets, which are prescribed by regulation. The measure of Tier 1 capital to average assets for the prior quarter is often referred to as the Leverage ratio.

        The Company's capital ratios were all well in excess of guidelines established by the Federal Reserve and the Bank's capital ratios were in excess of those required to be classified as a "well capitalized" institution under the prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The Company's and Bank's capital ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are shown in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The ability of the Company to continue to grow is dependent on its earnings and those of the Bank, the ability to obtain additional funds for contribution to the Bank's capital, through additional borrowings, through the sale of additional common stock or preferred stock, or through the issuance of additional qualifying equity equivalents, such as subordinated debt or trust preferred securities. The capital levels required to be maintained by the Company and Bank may be impacted as a result of the Bank's concentrations in commercial real estate loans. See "Risk Factors" at page 98 and "Regulation" at page 109.

43


IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

        The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods or services.

NEW AUTHORITATIVE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

        Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for New Authoritative Accounting Guidance and their expected impact on the Company's Financial Statements at page 56.

44


MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

        Market for Common Stock.    The Company's common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "EGBN." Over the twelve month period ended December 31, 2009, the average daily trading volume amounted to approximately 38,400 shares, an increase from approximately 5,600 shares over the twelve month period ended December 31, 2008. No assurance can be given that a highly active trading market will develop or can be maintained. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for the common stock during each calendar quarter during the last two fiscal years, and dividends declared during such periods, as adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid on October 1, 2008. As of March 4, 2010, there were 19,631,164 shares of common stock outstanding, held by approximately 3,500 beneficial shareholders, including approximately 919 shareholders of record.

 
  2009   2008  
Quarter
  High   Low   Dividends
Declared
per Share
  High   Low   Dividends
Declared
per Share
 

First

  $ 7.10   $ 5.36   $ 0.00   $ 11.97   $ 9.30   $ 0.0545  

Second

  $ 11.20   $ 6.15   $ 0.00   $ 11.09   $ 7.15   $ 0.0545  

Third

  $ 10.19   $ 7.70   $ 0.00   $ 10.44   $ 6.37   $ 0.00  

Fourth

  $ 11.00   $ 8.89   $ 0.00   $ 9.00   $ 5.35   $ 0.00  

        Dividends.    The Company commenced paying a quarterly cash dividend in January 2005. The Company paid a cash dividend of $0.0545 per share for each of the first and second quarters of 2008. In July 2008, the Company, in order to conserve capital, discontinued the payment of the quarterly cash dividend on the common stock. The Company paid a 10% stock dividend paid on the common stock on October 1, 2008.

        The resumption of payment of a cash dividend on common stock is prohibited for the first three years that the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemed. Any resumption of cash dividends on the common stock will also depend largely upon the ability of the Bank, the Company's principal operating business, to declare and pay dividends to the Company. Resumption of dividends on the common stock will also depend upon the Bank's earnings, financial condition, and need for funds, as well as governmental policies and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank.

        Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and Maryland law place limits on the amount of dividends the Bank may pay to the Company without prior approval. Prior regulatory approval is required to pay dividends which exceed the Bank's net profits for the current year plus its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less required transfers to surplus. Under Maryland law, dividends may only be paid out of retained earnings. State and federal bank regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit a bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice, and the Federal Reserve Board has the same authority over bank holding companies. At December 31, 2008, subject to prior approval by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation, the Bank could pay dividends to the parent to the extent of its earnings so long as it maintained required capital ratios.

        The Federal Reserve Board has established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by registered bank holding companies. Compliance with such standards, as presently in effect, or as they may be amended from time to time, could possibly limit the amount of dividends that the Company may pay in the future. In 1985, the Federal Reserve Board issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. In the statement, the Federal Reserve Board expressed its view that a holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends exceeding its net income, or which could only be funded in ways that weaken the holding company's financial health, such as by borrowing. As a depository institution, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any of its capital assets while it remains in default on

45



any assessment due the FDIC. The Bank currently is not in default under any of its obligations to the FDIC. Refer to above discussion on conditions precedent to resuming the payment of the cash common stock dividend.

        Issuer Repurchase of Common Stock.    No shares of the Company's Common Stock were repurchased by or on behalf of the Company during 2009 or 2008.

        Internet Access To Company Documents.    The Company provides access to its SEC filings through its web site at www.eaglebankcorp.com by linking to the SEC's web site. After accessing the web site, the filings are available upon selecting "Investor Relations SEC Filings." Reports available include the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed or furnished to the SEC.

        Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.    The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding options and other rights to purchase or acquire common stock granted under the Company's compensation plans as of December 31, 2009:

Plan category
  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
  Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans excluding securities
reflected in column (a)
 
 
  (a)
  (b)
  (c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)

    1,282,994   $ 11.46     668,715 (2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    0     0     0  
               
 

Total

    1,282,994   $ 11.46     668,715  

(1)
Consists of the Company's 2006 Stock Option Plan, 1998 Stock Plan, the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the Fidelity Plans. Outstanding options, warrants and rights includes nominal number of shares subject to awards of SARS and shares subject to unvested performance based restricted stock awards. For additional information, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)
Shares include 530,970 available for issuance under the 2006 Stock Option Plan and 137,745 under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

46


        Stock Price Performance.    The following table compares the cumulative total return on a hypothetical investment of $100 in the Company's common stock on December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2009, with the hypothetical cumulative total return on the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (U.S. Companies) and the NASDAQ Bank Index for the comparable period, including reinvestment of dividends.

Total Return Performance

GRAPHIC

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Index
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  

Eagle Bancorp, Inc. 

  $ 100.00   $ 148.57   $ 147.00   $ 103.89   $ 54.90   $ 99.97  

NASDAQ Stock Market Index—(U.S. Companies)

  $ 100.00   $ 101.37   $ 111.03   $ 121.92   $ 72.49   $ 104.31  

NASDAQ Bank Index

  $ 100.00   $ 95.67   $ 106.20   $ 82.76   $ 62.96   $ 51.31  

47


DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        The Company's management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, as of the last day of the period covered by this report, the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

48


MANAGEMENT REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

        The management of Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the financial statements included in this Annual Report. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reflect management's judgments and estimates concerning the effects of events and transactions that are accounted for or disclosed.

        Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report reliable financial data. The internal control system contains monitoring mechanisms, and appropriate actions taken to correct identified deficiencies. Management believes that internal controls over financial reporting, which are subject to scrutiny by management and the Company's internal auditors, support the integrity and reliability of the financial statements. Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control system, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. In addition, because of changes in conditions and circumstances, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee"), is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of management. The Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of the independent auditors and makes decisions regarding the appointment or removal of members of the internal audit function. The Committee meets periodically with management, the independent auditors, and the internal auditors to ensure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. The Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting, and auditing procedures of the Company in addition to reviewing the Company's financial reports. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have full and unlimited access to the Audit Committee, with or without the presence of management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit Committee.

        Management assessed the Company's system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. This assessment was conducted based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations ("COSO") of the Treadway Commission "Internal Control—Integrated Framework." Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. Management's assessment concluded that there were no material weaknesses within the Company's internal control structure.

        There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Act of 1934) during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

        The 2009 financial statements have been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm of Stegman & Company ("Stegman"). Personnel from Stegman were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees thereof. Management believes that all representations made to the independent auditors were valid and appropriate. The resulting report from Stegman accompanies the financial statements. Stegman has also issued a report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. That report has also been made a part of this Annual Report.

 
   
   
   
/s/ RONALD D. PAUL

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
  /s/ MICHAEL T. FLYNN

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President of the Bank
  /s/ SUSAN G. RIEL

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank
  /s/ JAMES H. LANGMEAD

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank

49


REPORT OF STEGMAN & COMPANY
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009. We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

50


        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eagle Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Eagle Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

/s/  Stegman and Company

Baltimore, Maryland
March 12, 2010

51



EAGLE BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008  

Assets

             

Cash and due from banks

  $ 21,955   $ 27,157  

Federal funds sold

    88,248     191  

Interest bearing deposits with banks and other short-term investments

    7,484     2,489  

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

    235,227     159,480  

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    10,417     9,599  

Loans held for sale

    1,550     2,718  

Loans

    1,399,311     1,265,640  

Less allowance for credit losses

    (20,619 )   (18,403 )
           
 

Loans, net

    1,378,692     1,247,237  

Premises and equipment, net

    9,253     9,666  

Deferred income taxes

    12,455     11,106  

Bank owned life insurance

    12,912     12,450  

Intangible assets, net

    4,379     2,533  

Other real estate owned

    5,106     909  

Other assets

    17,826     11,292  
           
   

Total Assets

  $ 1,805,504   $ 1,496,827  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Liabilities

             

Deposits:

             
 

Noninterest bearing demand

  $ 307,959   $ 223,580  
 

Interest bearing transaction

    59,720     54,801  
 

Savings and money market

    582,854     271,791  
 

Time, $100,000 or more

    296,199     249,516  
 

Other time

    213,542     329,692  
           
   

Total deposits

    1,460,274     1,129,380  

Customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

    90,790     98,802  

Other short-term borrowings

    10,000     55,000  

Long-term borrowings

    49,300     62,150  

Other liabilities

    6,819     9,124  
           
   

Total liabilities

    1,617,183     1,354,456  
           

Stockholders' Equity

             

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, shares authorized 1,000,000, Series A, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, shares issued and outstanding 23,235 and 38,235, respectively, discount of $570 and $1,892, respectively, net

    22,612     36,312  

Common stock, par value $.01per share; shares authorized 50,000,000, shares issued and outstanding 19,534,226 and 12,714,355, respectively

    195     127  

Warrants

    946     1,892  

Additional paid in capital

    129,211     76,822  

Retained earnings

    33,024     24,866  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2,333     2,352  
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    188,321     142,371  
           
   

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

  $ 1,805,504   $ 1,496,827  
           

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

52



EAGLE BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Interest Income

                   
 

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 77,004   $ 59,901   $ 51,931  
 

Taxable interest and dividends on investment securities

    7,138     5,459     4,177  
 

Interest on balances with other banks and short-term investments

    94     98     293  
 

Interest on federal funds sold

    102     199     676  
               
     

Total interest income

    84,338     65,657     57,077  
               

Interest Expense

                   
 

Interest on deposits

    20,956     19,543     19,810  
 

Interest on customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

    957     1,406     1,887  
 

Interest on short-term borrowings

    611     546     611  
 

Interest on long-term borrowings

    2,285     2,181     1,421  
               
     

Total interest expense

    24,809     23,676     23,729  
               

Net Interest Income

    59,529     41,981     33,348  

Provision for Credit Losses

    7,669     3,979     1,643  
               

Net Interest Income After Provision For Credit Losses

    51,860     38,002     31,705  
               

Noninterest Income

                   
 

Service charges on deposits

    2,898     2,059     1,249  
 

Gain on sale of loans

    1,054     426     1,036  
 

Gain on sale of investment securities

    1,538     2     6  
 

Increase in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

    463     466     455  
 

Income from subordinated financing

            1,252  
 

Other income

    1,344     1,413     1,188  
               
     

Total noninterest income

    7,297     4,366     5,186  
               

Noninterest Expense

                   
 

Salaries and employee benefits

    20,889     16,728     14,167  
 

Premises and equipment expenses

    7,343     5,424     4,829  
 

Marketing and advertising

    1,099     1,054     552  
 

Data processing

    2,356     1,622     1,231  
 

Legal, accounting and professional fees

    2,731     1,054     613  
 

FDIC insurance

    2,743     642     449  
 

Other expenses

    5,612     4,293     3,080  
               
     

Total noninterest expense

    42,773     30,817     24,921  
               

Income Before Income Tax Expense

    16,384     11,551     11,970  

Income Tax Expense

    5,965     4,123     4,269  
               

Net Income

    10,419     7,428     7,701  

Preferred Stock Dividends and Discount Accretion

    2,307     177      
               

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

  $ 8,112   $ 7,251   $ 7,701  
               

Earnings Per Common Share

                   
 

Basic

  $ 0.55   $ 0.63   $ 0.73  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.55   $ 0.62   $ 0.71  

Dividends Declared Per Common Share

  $   $ 0.11   $ 0.22  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

53



EAGLE BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

For The Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Preferred
Stock
  Warrants   Common
Stock
  Additional Paid
in Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 

Balance January 1, 2007

  $   $   $ 95   $ 50,278   $ 22,796   $ (253 ) $ 72,916  

Comprehensive Income

                                           
 

Net Income

                            7,701           7,701  
 

Other comprehensive income:

                                           
   

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of taxes)

                                  841     841  
   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains net of taxes of $2 included in net income

                                  (4 )   (4 )
                                         
 

Total Comprehensive Income

                                  837     8,538  

Cash Dividends ($0.22 per share)

                            (2,302 )         (2,302 )

Stock-based compensation

                      224                 224  

Shares issued under dividend reinvestment plan—47,000 shares

                0     689                 689  

Exercise of options for 196,251 shares of common stock

                2     1,080                 1,082  

Tax benefit on non-qualified options exercise

                      19                 19  
                               
   

Balance December 31, 2007

            97     52,290     28,195     584     81,166  

Comprehensive Income

                                           
 

Net Income

                            7,428           7,428  
 

Other comprehensive income:

                                           
   

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of taxes)

                                  1,769     1,769  
   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains net of taxes of $1 included in net income

                                  (1 )   (1 )
                                         
 

Total Comprehensive Income

                                  1,768     9,196  

Cash Dividends ($0.11 per share)

                            (1,178 )         (1,178 )

Stock-based compensation

                      311                 311  

Shares issued under dividend reinvestment plan—76,246 shares

                1     806                 807  

Exercise of options for 126,827 shares of common stock

                1     441                 442  

Tax benefit on non-qualified options exercise

                      195                 195  

Shares issued to effect merger with Fidelity 1,638,031 shares, net of issuance costs of $96

                16     13,037                 13,053  

Net tangible asset value of Fidelity assets acquired

                      181                 181  

Preferred shares and warrants issued, net of issuance costs

    36,312     1,892                             38,204  

10% common stock dividend

                12     9,567     (9,579 )          

Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares

                      (6 )               (6 )
                               
   

Balance December 31, 2008

    36,312     1,892     127     76,822     24,866     2,352     142,371  

Comprehensive Income

                                           
 

Net Income

                            10,419           10,419  
 

Other comprehensive income:

                                           
   

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of taxes)

                                  966     966  
   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains net of taxes of $553 included in net income

                                  (985 )   (985 )
                                         
 

Total Comprehensive Income

                                  (19 )   10,400  

Stock-based compensation

                      578                 578  

Exercise of options for 38,646 shares of common stock

                1     122                 123  

Tax benefit on non-qualified options exercise

                      98                 98  

Shares issued in public offering—6,731,640 shares, net of issuance costs of $3,541

                67     51,591                 51,658  

Preferred stock dividends

                            (1,885 )         (1,885 )

Preferred stock:

                                         
 

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock (15,000 shares)

    (15,000 )                                 (15,000 )
 

Warrants reduced by 385,434 warrants

    946     (946 )                            
 

Issuance costs

    (22 )                                 (22 )
 

Discount accretion

    376                       (376 )          
                               
   

Balance December 31, 2009

  $ 22,612   $ 946   $ 195   $ 129,211   $ 33,024   $ 2,333   $ 188,321  
                               

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

54



EAGLE BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 10,419   $ 7,428   $ 7,701  
   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   
       

Decrease in deferred income taxes

    (1,310 )   (1,643 )   (868 )
       

Provision for credit losses

    7,669     3,979     1,643  
       

Depreciation and amortization

    2,084     1,613     1,347  
       

Gains on sale of loans

    (1,054 )   (426 )   (1,036 )
       

Origination of loans held for sale

    (88,547 )   (29,071 )   (52,455 )
       

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

    90,769     28,956     53,471  
       

Gain on sale of investment securities

    (1,538 )   (2 )   (6 )
       

Net increase in surrender value of Bank-owned life insurance

    (463 )   (466 )   (455 )
       

Stock-based compensation expense

    578     311     224  
       

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    (98 )   (195 )   (19 )
 

(Increase) decrease in other assets

    (8,361 )   (19,579 )   119  
 

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

    (2,207 )   2,163     1,953  
               
       

Net cash provided by (used in) by operating activities

    7,941     (6,932 )   11,619  
               

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                   
 

(Increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits—other banks

    (4,995 )   2,001     365  
 

Purchases of available for sale investment securities

    (179,555 )   (63,056 )   (32,655 )
 

Proceeds from maturities of available for sale securities

    52,210     20,399     9,784  
 

Proceeds from sale / call of available for sale securities

    53,136     64,830     29,326  
 

Purchases of federal reserve and federal home loan bank stock

    (818 )   (4,729 )   (1,041 )
 

Net increase in loans

    (144,966 )   (191,577 )   (91,882 )
 

Net cash received in acquisition

        10,885      
 

Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned

    1,547          
 

Bank premises and equipment acquired

    (1,671 )   (1,422 )   (1,094 )
               
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (225,112 )   (162,669 )   (87,197 )
               

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                   
 

Increase in deposits

    330,894     111,708     2,421  
 

(Decrease) increase in customer repurchase agreements and fed funds purchased

    (8,012 )   (29,878 )   38,344  
 

(Decrease) increase in other short-term borrowings

    (45,000 )   28,847     14,000  
 

(Decrease) increase in long-term borrowings

    (12,850 )   32,150     8,000  
 

Issuance of preferred stock and warrants

        38,204      
 

Issuance of common stock

    51,781     1,249     1,771  
 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    98     195     19  
 

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

    (15,000 )        
 

Payment of dividends on preferred stock

    (1,885 )        
 

Payment of dividends and payment in lieu of fractional shares

        (1,178 )   (2,302 )
               
       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    300,026     181,297     62,253  
               

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

   
82,855
   
11,696
   
(13,325

)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

    27,348     15,652     28,977  
               

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

  $ 110,203   $ 27,348   $ 15,652  
               

Supplemental Cash Flows Information:

                   
 

Interest paid

  $ 25,898   $ 22,380   $ 23,640  
               
 

Income taxes paid

  $ 7,575   $ 6,088   $ 4,052  
               
 

Stock issued for acquisition of Fidelity

  $   $ 13,330   $  
               

Non-Cash Financing Activities

                   
 

Reclassification of borrowings from long-term to short-term

  $   $   $ 22,000  

Non-Cash Investing Activities

                   
 

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned

  $ 7,178   $ 909   $  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

55



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries, EagleBank (the "Bank"), Eagle Commercial Ventures LLC ("ECV") and Bethesda Leasing, LLC (which holds title to and manages Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") assets) with all significant intercompany transactions eliminated. The investment in subsidiaries is recorded on the Company's books (Parent Only) on the basis of its equity in the net assets of the subsidiary. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices in the banking industry. Certain reclassifications have been made to amounts previously reported to conform to the classification made in 2009. The following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies.

        Management has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure and has determined that no material subsequent events have occurred since December 31, 2009 that required recognition or disclosure in these financial statements.

Nature of Operations

        The Company, through EagleBank, its bank subsidiary (the "Bank"), conducts a full service community banking business, primarily in Montgomery County, Maryland, Washington, D.C. and Fairfax County in Northern Virginia. On August 31, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of Fidelity & Trust Financial Corporation ("Fidelity") and Fidelity & Trust Bank ("F&T Bank"). Refer to Note 18 for a discussion of this transaction. The primary financial services offered by the Bank include real estate, commercial and consumer lending, as well as traditional deposit and repurchase agreement products. The Bank is also active in the origination and sale of residential mortgage loans and the origination of small business loans. The guaranteed portion of small business loans is typically sold through the Small Business Administration, in a transaction apart from the loan's origination. The Bank offers its products and services through fourteen banking offices and various electronic capabilities, including remote deposit services. Eagle Commercial Ventures, LLC ("ECV"), a direct subsidiary of the Company provides subordinated financing for the acquisition, development and construction of real estate projects, where the primary financing is provided by the Bank. Prior to the formation of ECV, the Company engaged directly in occasional subordinated financing transactions, which involve higher levels of risk, together with commensurate returns. Refer to—Higher Risk Lending—Revenue Recognition below.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Flows

        For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, and federal funds sold.

56



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Loans Held for Sale

        The Company engages in sales of residential mortgage loans and the guaranteed portion of Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans originated by the Bank. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Fair value is derived from secondary market quotations for similar instruments. Gains and losses on sales of these loans are recorded as a component of noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        The Company's current practice is to sell residential mortgage loans on a servicing released basis, and, therefore, it has no intangible asset recorded for the value of such servicing as of December 31, 2009 or 2008. The sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans on a servicing retained basis gives rise to an Excess Servicing Asset, which is computed on a loan by loan basis and which unamortized amount is included in other assets. This Excess Servicing Asset is being amortized on a straight line basis (with adjustment for prepayments) as an offset of servicing fees collected and is included in other noninterest income. Also, please refer to the discussion under the caption, "Intangible Assets" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation for further information on excess servicing rights.

        The Company enters into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e. rate lock commitments). Such rate lock commitments on mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary market are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 60 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Company is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.

        The market values of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss occurs on the rate lock commitments.

Investment Securities

        The Company has no securities classified as trading, nor are any investment securities classified as held to maturity. Marketable equity securities and debt securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are acquired as part of the Company's asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, loan demand, changes in prepayment risk and other factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses being reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders' equity, net of deferred tax. Realized gains and losses, using the specific identification method, are included as a separate component of noninterest income. Premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized/accreted to the earlier of call or maturity based on expected lives, which lives are adjusted for securities based on prepayments and call optionality. Declines in the fair value of individual available for sale securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary in nature result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors affecting the determination of whether other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrading of the

57



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or a change in management's intent and ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Management systematically evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary declines in fair value on a quarterly basis. This analysis requires management to consider various factors, which include (1) duration and magnitude of the decline in value, (2) the financial condition of the issuer or issuers and (3) structure of the security.

        An impairment loss is recognized in earnings only when (1) the Company intends to sell the debt security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the entire impairment loss must be recognized in earnings. In all other situations, only the portion of the impairment loss representing the credit loss that must be recognized in earnings, with the remaining portion being recognized in stockholders' equity as a comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes.

Loans

        Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized deferred costs and fees. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual rate on the principal amount outstanding. It is the Company's policy to discontinue the accrual of interest when circumstances indicate that collection is doubtful. Deferred fees and costs on loans originated through October 2005 are being amortized on the straight line method over the term of the loan. Deferred fees and costs on loans originated subsequent to October 2005 are being amortized on the interest method over the term of the loan. The difference between the straight line method and the interest method was considered immaterial.

        Management considers loans impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to contractual terms. Loans are evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Company's portfolio monitoring and ongoing risk assessment procedures. Management considers the financial condition of the borrower, cash flow of the borrower, payment status of the loan, and the value of the collateral, if any, securing the loan. Generally, impaired loans do not include large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as residential real estate and consumer type loans which loans are evaluated collectively for impairment and are generally placed on non-accrual when the loan becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest. Loans specifically reviewed for impairment are not considered impaired during periods of "minimal delay" in payment (ninety days or less) provided eventual collection of all amounts due is expected. The impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if repayment is expected to be provided solely by the collateral. In appropriate circumstances, interest income on impaired loans may be recognized on the cash basis.

Higher Risk Lending—Revenue Recognition

        The Company has occasionally made higher risk acquisition, development, and construction (ADC) loans that entail higher risks than ADC loans made following normal underwriting practices ("higher risk loan transactions"). These higher risk loan transactions are currently made through the Company's subsidiary, ECV. This activity is limited as to individual transaction amount and total exposure amounts based on capital levels and is carefully monitored. The loans are carried on the balance sheet at amounts outstanding and meet the loan classification requirements of the Accounting Standard Executive

58



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Committee ("AcSEC") guidance reprinted from the CPA Letter, Special Supplement, dated February 10, 1986 (also referred to as Exhibit 1 to AcSEC Practice Bulletin No. 1). Additional interest earned on these higher risk loan transactions (as defined in the individual loan agreements) is recognized as realized under the provisions contained in AcSEC's guidance reprinted from the CPA Letter, Special Supplement, dated February 10, 1986 (also referred to as Exhibit 1 to AcSEC Practice Bulletin No.1) and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 (Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements). The additional interest is included as a component of noninterest income. ECV recorded no additional interest on higher risk transactions during 2009 and 2008 (although normal interest income was recorded) and had one higher risk lending transaction outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, amounting to $1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Allowance for Credit Losses

        The allowance for credit losses represents an amount which, in management's judgment, is adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans and other extensions of credit that may become uncollectible. The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is determined through careful and continuous review and evaluation of the loan portfolio and involves the balancing of a number of factors to establish a prudent level of allowance. Among the factors considered in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses are lending risks associated with growth and entry into new markets, loss allocations for specific credits, the level of the allowance to nonperforming loans, historical loss experience, economic conditions, portfolio trends and credit concentrations, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, and management's judgment with respect to current and expected economic conditions and their impact on the existing loan portfolio. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values. Loans or any portion thereof deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance, while recoveries are credited to the allowance. Management adjusts the level of the allowance through the provision for credit losses, which is recorded as a current period operating expense. The allowance for credit losses consists of allocated and unallocated components.

        The components of the allowance for credit losses represent an estimation done pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 450, "Contingencies," or ASC Topic 310, "Receivables." Specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a loss may be incurred. For potential problem credits for which specific allowance amounts have not been determined, the Company establishes allowances according to the application of credit risk factors. These factors are set by management and approved by the appropriate Board Committee to reflect its assessment of the relative level of risk inherent in each risk grade. A third component of the allowance computation, termed a nonspecific or environmental factors allowance, is based upon management's evaluation of various environmental conditions that are not directly measured in the determination of either the specific allowance or formula allowance. Such conditions include general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends (including trends in delinquencies and nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions), loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio categories, recent loss experience in particular loan categories, duration of the current business cycle, bank regulatory examination results, findings of outside review consultants, and management's judgment with respect to various other conditions including credit administration and management and the quality of risk identification systems. Executive management reviews these environmental conditions quarterly, and documents the rationale for all changes.

59



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Management believes that the allowance for credit losses is adequate; however, determination of the allowance is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. Evaluation of the potential effects of these factors on estimated losses involves a high degree of uncertainty, including the strength and timing of economic cycles and concerns over the effects of a prolonged economic downturn in the current cycle. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and independent consultants engaged by the Bank periodically review the Bank's loan portfolio and allowance for credit losses. Such review may result in recognition of additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Premises and Equipment

        Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes. Premises and equipment are depreciated over the useful lives of the assets, which generally range from seven years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, three to five years for computer software and hardware, and ten to forty years for buildings and building improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases, which may include renewal options where management has the positive intent to exercise such options, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The costs of major renewals and betterments are capitalized, while the costs of ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. These costs are included as a component of premises and equipment expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)

        Assets acquired through loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. The new basis is supported by recent appraisals. Costs after acquisition are generally expensed. If the fair value of the asset declines, a write-down is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions or review by regulatory examiners.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to impairment testing at least annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the assets might be impaired. Intangible assets (other than goodwill) are amortized to expense using accelerated or straight-line methods over their respective estimated useful lives. The Company's testing of potential goodwill impairment (which is required annually) at December 31, 2009, resulted in no impairment being recorded.

Customer Repurchase Agreements

        The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same securities. Under these arrangements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, securities sold under agreements to repurchase are

60



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The agreements are entered into primarily as accommodations for large commercial deposit customers. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Condition, while the securities underlying the securities sold under agreements to repurchase remain in the respective assets accounts and are delivered to and held as collateral by third party trustees.

Marketing and Advertising

        Marketing and advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

        The Company employs the liability method of accounting for income taxes as required by ASC Topic 740, "Income Taxes." Under the liability method, deferred-tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities (i.e., temporary timing differences) and are measured at the enacted rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. The Company utilizes statutory requirements for its income tax accounting, and avoids risks associated with potentially problematic tax positions that may incur challenge upon audit, where an adverse outcome is more likely than not. Therefore, no provisions are made for either uncertain tax positions nor accompanying potential tax penalties and interest for underpayments of income taxes in the Company's tax reserves. In accordance with ASC Topic 740, the Company may establish a reserve against deferred tax assets in those cases where realization is less than certain.

Transfer of Financial Assets

        Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtain the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. In certain cases, the recourse to the Bank to repurchase assets may exist but be deemed immaterial based on the specific facts and circumstances.

Earnings per Common Share

        Basic net income per common share is derived by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period measured. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period measured including the potential dilutive effects of common stock equivalents. Earnings per common share has been adjusted to give retroactive effect to all stock splits and stock dividends.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Effective January 2006, in accordance with ASC Topic 718"Compensation," the Company records as compensation expense an amount equal to the amortization (over the remaining service period) of the fair value (computed at the date of option grant) of any outstanding fixed stock option grants which vest

61



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


subsequent to December 31, 2005. Compensation expense on variable stock option grants (i.e. performance based grants) is recorded based on the probability of achievement of the goals underlying the performance grant. Refer to Note 13 for a description of stock-based compensation awards, activity and expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

New Authoritative Accounting Guidance

        On July 1, 2009, the Accounting Standards Codification became Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") officially recognized source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities, superseding existing FASB, AICPA, EITF and related literature. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative. The switch to the ASC affects the way companies refer to U.S. GAAP in financial statements and accounting policies. Citing particular content in the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.

        All pending but not yet effective Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") were evaluated and only those listed below could have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

        FASB ASC Topic 260, "Earnings Per Share."    On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 260, "Earnings Per Share," which provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. Since the Company is not currently paying a dividend on its common stock, adoption of this standard will not have any impact on the Company's financial statements.

        FASB ASC Topic 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities."    New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities," (i) changes existing guidance for determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary to debt securities and (ii) replaces the existing requirement that the entity's management assert it has both the intent and ability to hold an impaired security until recovery with a requirement that management assert: (a) it does not have the intent to sell the security; and (b) it is more likely than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Under ASC Topic 320, declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The Company adopted the provisions of the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 320 during the first quarter of 2009. Adoption of the new guidance did not significantly impact the Company's financial statements.

        FASB ASC Topic 805, "Business Combinations."    On January 1, 2009, new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 805, "Business Combinations," became applicable to the Company's accounting for business combinations closing on or after January 1, 2009. ASC Topic 805 applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. ASC Topic 805 requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets,

62



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost allocation process required under previous accounting guidance whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. ASC Topic 805 requires acquirers to expense acquisition related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under prior accounting guidance. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies are to be recognized at fair value if fair value can be reasonably estimated. If fair value of such an asset or liability cannot be reasonably estimated, the asset or liability would generally be recognized in accordance with ASC Topic 450, "Contingencies." Under ASC Topic 805, the requirements of ASC Topic 420, "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations," would have to be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting. Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, nothing should be recognized in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency would be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria of ASC Topic 450, "Contingencies."

        FASB ASC Topic 810, "Consolidation."    New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810, "Consolidation," amended prior guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Under ASC Topic 810, a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Among other requirements, ASC Topic 810 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

        Further new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 amends prior guidance to change how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity's purpose and design and a company's ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance. The new authoritative accounting guidance requires additional disclosures about the reporting entity's involvement with variable-interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement as well as its affect on the entity's financial statements. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 will be effective January 1, 2010 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

        FASB ASC Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures."    ASC Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures," defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of ASC Topic 820 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2008 for financial assets and financial liabilities and on January 1, 2009 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities (see Note 19—Fair Value Measurements).

63



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Additional new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 affirms that the objective of fair value when the market for an asset is not active is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction, and clarifies and includes additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in market activity for an asset when the market for that asset is not active. ASC Topic 820 requires an entity to base its conclusion about whether a transaction was not orderly on the weight of the evidence. The new accounting guidance amended prior guidance to expand certain disclosure requirements. The Company adopted the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 during the first quarter of 2009. Adoption of the new guidance did not significantly impact the Company's financial statements.

        Further new authoritative accounting guidance (Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-5) under ASC Topic 820 provides guidance for measuring the fair value of a liability in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such instances, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value utilizing a valuation technique that uses (i) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset, (ii) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (iii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the existing principles of ASC Topic 820, such as an income approach or market approach. The new authoritative accounting guidance also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. The forgoing new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 became effective for the Company's financial statements for periods ending after October 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

        FASB ASC Topic 855, "Subsequent Events."    New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 855, "Subsequent Events," establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. ASC Topic 855 defines (i) the period after the balance sheet date during which a reporting entity's management should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, (ii) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and (iii) the disclosures an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 855 became effective for the Company's financial statements for periods ending after June 15, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

        FASB ASC Topic 860, "Transfers and Servicing."    New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860, "Transfers and Servicing," amends prior accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance eliminates the concept of a "qualifying special-purpose entity" and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860 will be effective January 1, 2010 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

64



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 2—Cash and Due from Banks

        Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act requires that banks maintain noninterest reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based principally on the type and amount of their deposits. During 2009, the Bank maintained balances at the Federal Reserve (in addition to vault cash) to meet the reserve requirements as well as balances to partially compensate for services. Late in 2008, the Federal Reserve in connection with the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 began paying a nominal amount of interest on balances held. Additionally, the Bank maintained interest bearing balances with the Federal Home Loan Bank and noninterest bearing balances with nine domestic correspondents as compensation for services they provide to the Bank.

Note 3—Investment Securities Available for Sale

        The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments available for sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

December 31, 2009
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
 
(dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
   
 

U. S. Government agency securities

  $ 75,980   $ 412   $ 285   $ 76,107  

Mortgage backed securities—GSEs

    122,076     3,501     181     125,396  

Municipal bonds

    32,845     717     237     33,325  

Other equity investments

    436         37     399  
                   

  $ 231,337   $ 4,630   $ 740   $ 235,227  
                   

 

December 31, 2008
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
 
(dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
   
 

U. S. Government agency securities

  $ 71,837   $ 2,197   $ 5   $ 74,029  

Mortgage backed securities—GSEs

    77,242     2,559     31     79,770  

Municipal bonds

    5,061         353     4,708  

Other equity investments

    1,396         423     973  
                   

  $ 155,536   $ 4,756   $ 812   $ 159,480  
                   

        Ninety nine percent (99%) of the debt instruments reflected in the above table are rated AAA or AA. The remaining one percent (1%) of the debt instruments consists of municipal bonds which have a rating of A; all ratings of which represent high investment grade issues. The debt instruments have a net unrealized gain representing 1.7% of amortized cost. The debt instruments have a weighted average duration of 3.4 years, and low credit risk. The gross unrealized loss on other equity investments represents common stock of the three local banking companies owned by the Company (parent only), and traded on a broker "bulletin board" exchange. The estimated fair value is determined by broker quoted prices. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security's credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. The unrealized gross losses that exist on the debt and equity securities are the result of market changes in interest rates since the

65



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 3—Investment Securities Available for Sale (Continued)

original purchase and widening interest rate spreads on debt and common stock issues during 2009. The Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. In addition, at December 31, 2009, the Company held $10.4 million in equity securities in a combination of Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") and Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stocks which are held for regulatory purposes and are not marketable.

        Gross unrealized losses and fair value by length of time that the individual available for sale securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Greater   Total  
December 31, 2009
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Unrealized
Losses
 
(dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

U. S. Government agency securities

  $ 37,357   $ 285   $   $   $ 37,357   $ 285  

Mortgage backed securities—GSEs

    11,681     181             11,681     181  

Municipal bonds

    13,850     237             13,850     237  

Other equity investments

    140     37             140     37  
                           

  $ 63,028   $ 740   $   $   $ 63,028   $ 740  
                           

 

 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Greater   Total  
December 31, 2008
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Unrealized
Losses
 
(dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

U. S. Government agency securities

  $ 4,480   $ 5   $   $   $ 4,480   $ 5  

Mortgage backed securities—GSEs

    7,715     31             7,715     31  

Municipal bonds

    4,707     353             4,707     353  

Other equity investments

    576     423             576     423  
                           

  $ 17,478   $ 812   $   $   $ 17,478   $ 812  
                           

66



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 3—Investment Securities Available for Sale (Continued)

        The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments available for sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
  2009   2008  
(dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Estimated
Fair Value
 

U. S. Government agency securities maturing:

                         
 

One year or less

  $ 8,095   $ 8,186   $ 2,014   $ 2,011  
 

After one year through five years

    67,885     67,921     34,805     35,632  
 

After five years through ten years

            35,018     36,386  

Mortgage backed securities

    122,076     125,396     77,242     79,770  

Municipal bonds maturing:

                         
 

Five years through ten years

    3,023     3,072          
 

After ten years

    29,822     30,253     5,061     4,708  

Other equity investments

    436     399     1,396     973  
                   

  $ 231,337   $ 235,227   $ 155,536   $ 159,480  
                   

        In 2009, realized gains on sales of investment securities were $1.6 million and realized losses on sales of investment securities were $14 thousand. In 2008, realized gains on sales of investment securities were $54 thousand and realized losses on sales of investment securities were $52 thousand. In 2007, realized gains on sales of investment securities were $49 thousand and realized losses on sales of investment securities were $43 thousand.

        Proceeds from sales and calls of investment securities in 2009 were $53.1 million, in 2008 were $64.8 million, and in 2007 were $29.3 million.

        At December 31, 2009, $179.6 million (fair value) of securities were pledged as collateral for certain government deposits, and securities sold under agreement to repurchase. The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. Government and U.S. Government agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders' equity at December 31, 2009 or 2008.

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

        The Bank makes loans to customers primarily in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan statistical area and surrounding communities. A substantial portion of the Bank's loan portfolio consists of loans to businesses secured by real estate and other business assets.

67



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (Continued)

        Loans, net of unamortized net deferred fees, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized by type as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Commercial

  $ 346,692   $ 334,999  

Owner occupied—commercial

    196,433     184,059  

Investment—commercial real estate

    499,501     365,010  

Real estate mortgage—residential

    9,236     9,757  

Construction—commercial & residential(1)

    252,695     283,020  

Home equity

    87,283     80,295  

Other consumer

    7,471     8,500  
           
 

Total loans

    1,399,311     1,265,640  

Less: Allowance for Credit Losses

    (20,619 )   (18,403 )
           

Loans net

  $ 1,378,692   $ 1,247,237  
           

(1)
Includes loans for land acquisition and owner occupied properties.

        Unamortized net deferred fees amounted to $2.6 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, of which $520 thousand and $550 thousand, respectively at December 31, 2009 and 2008 represented net deferred costs on home equity loans.

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank serviced $25.8 million and $23.1 million, respectively, of SBA loans participations which are not reflected as loan balances on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Activity in the allowance for credit losses for the past three years is shown below.

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 18,403   $ 8,037   $ 7,373  

Provision for credit losses

    7,669     3,979     1,643  

Acquired allowance—Fidelity

        7,510      

Loan charge-offs

    (5,780 )   (1,217 )   (1,031 )

Loan recoveries

    327     94     52  
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 20,619   $ 18,403   $ 8,037  
               

        Information regarding impaired loans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Interest income that would have been recognized

  $ 1,367   $ 1,602  

Interest income recognized

    546     406  
           
 

Interest income not recognized

  $ 821   $ 1,196  
           

68



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 4—Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (Continued)

 

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance

  $ 5,434   $ 2,810  

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance

    16,591     22,647  
           
 

Total impaired loans

  $ 22,025   $ 25,457  
           

Allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans

  $ 2,190   $ 1,165  

Allowance for credit losses related to other than impaired loans

    18,429     17,238  
           
 

Total allowance for credit losses

  $ 20,619   $ 18,403  
           

Average impaired loans for the year

  $ 31,183   $ 17,353  

Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis

  $ 546   $ 406  

        At December 31, 2009, the nonperforming loans acquired from Fidelity have a carrying value of $5.6 million and an unpaid principal balance of $15.3 million and were evaluated separately in accordance with ASC Topic 310-30, "Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality." The various impaired loans were recorded at estimated fair value with any excess being charged-off or treated as a non-accretable discount. Subsequent downward adjustments to the valuation of impaired loans acquired will result in additional loan loss provisions and related allowance for credit losses. Subsequent upward adjustments to the valuation of impaired loans acquired will result in accretable discount. No adjustments have been made to the fair value amounts of impaired loans recorded at the date of acquisition.

Note 5—Premises and Equipment

        Premises and equipment include the following at December 31:

 
  2009   2008  

Leasehold improvements

  $ 9,498   $ 8,468  

Furniture and equipment

    9,361     8,810  
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (9,606 )   (7,612 )
           

Total premises and equipment, net

  $ 9,253   $ 9,666  
           

        The Company leases banking and office space in twenty two locations under non-cancelable lease arrangements accounted for as operating leases. The initial lease periods range from 5 to 10 years and provide for one or more five year renewal options. The leases in some cases provide for scheduled annual rent escalations and require that the Bank (lessee) pay certain operating expenses applicable to the leased space. Rent expense applicable to operating leases amounted to $4.7 million for 2009, $3.4 million in 2008, and $2.7 million in 2007. The Company subleased three leased premises during 2009 and two leased premises during 2008. The Company has recorded $366 thousand and $293 thousand respectively, as a

69



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 5—Premises and Equipment (Continued)


reduction of rent expense during 2009 and 2008. At December 31, 2009, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases having an initial term in excess of one year are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
   
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2010

  $ 3,942  

2011

    3,485  

2012

    3,189  

2013

    2,987  

2014

    2,817  

Thereafter

    5,655  
       
 

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 22,075  
       

Note 6—Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a separate line item, net of accumulated amortization.

(dollars in thousands)
  Gross
Intangible
Assets
  Adjustments   Additions   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Intangible
Assets
 

2009

                               
 

Goodwill(1)

  $ 105   $ 2,058   $   $   $ 2,163  
 

Core deposit(2)

    2,243             (186 )   2,057  
 

Excess servicing(3)

    185         62     (88 )   159  
                       

  $ 2,533   $ 2,058   $ 62   $ (274 ) $ 4,379  
                       

2008

                               
 

Goodwill(1)

  $ 105   $   $   $   $ 105  
 

Core deposit(2)

    2,305             (62 )   2,243  
 

Excess servicing(3)

    236         54     (105 )   185  
                       

  $ 2,646   $   $ 54   $ (167 ) $ 2,533  
                       

        Future estimated annual amortization expense is presented below:

(dollars in thousands)
   
 

2010

  $ 273  

2011

    251  

2012

    217  

2013

    358  

2014

    309  

Thereafter

    804  

(1)
The Company recorded an initial amount of unidentified intangible (goodwill) incident to the acquisition of Fidelity of approximately $360 thousand. Based on allowable adjustments

70



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 6—Intangible Assets (Continued)

(2)
In connection with the Fidelity acquisition, the Company made an allocation of the purchase price to a core deposit intangible which was determined by independent evaluation and is included in intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The initial amount was $2.3 million, which is being amortized over 5.2 years as a component of other noninterest expenses.

(3)
The Company recognizes a servicing asset for the computed value of servicing fees on the sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans, which is in excess of a normal servicing fee. Assumptions related to loan term and amortization are made to arrive at the initial recorded value, which is included in other assets.

Note 7—Deposits

        The following table provides information regarding the Bank's deposit composition at December 31 for the years indicated and shows the average rate being paid on the interest bearing deposits in December of each year.

 
  2009   2008   2007  
(dollars in thousands)
  Balance   Average
Rate
  Balance   Average
Rate
  Balance   Average
Rate
 

Noninterest bearing demand

  $ 307,959       $ 223,580       $ 142,477      

Interest bearing transaction

    59,720     0.31 %   54,801     0.25 %   54,090     0.73 %

Savings and money market

    582,854     1.39 %   271,791     1.79 %   177,081     2.96 %

Time, $100,000 or more

    296,199     2.12 %   249,516     3.21 %   173,586     4.63 %

Other time

    213,542     2.33 %   329,692     3.27 %   83,702     5.66 %
                                 
 

Total

  $ 1,460,274         $ 1,129,380         $ 630,936        
                                 

        The remaining maturity of time deposits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Three months or less

  $ 132,861   $ 172,826  

More than three months through six months

    120,460     127,618  

More than six months through twelve months

    105,641     229,926  

Over twelve months

    150,779     48,838  
           

Total

  $ 509,741   $ 579,208  
           

71



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 7—Deposits (Continued)

        Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Interest bearing transaction

  $ 161   $ 306   $ 305  

Savings and money market

    6,144     4,212     6,044  

Time, $100,000 or more

    6,502     7,672     7,973  

Other time

    8,149     7,353     5,489  
               
 

Total

  $ 20,956   $ 19,543   $ 19,811  
               

Note 8—Borrowings

        Information relating to short-term and long-term borrowings is as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
  2009   2008   2007  
(dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate  

Short-term:

                                     

At Year-End:

                                     
 

Customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

  $ 90,790     0.85 % $ 98,802     1.73 % $ 76,408     4.45 %
 

Federal Home Loan Bank—current portion

    10,000     0.14 %   55,000     0.70 %   22,000     4.44 %
                                 
   

Total

  $ 100,790         $ 153,802         $ 98,408        
                                 

Average Daily Balance for the Year:

                                     
 

Customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

  $ 93,363     1.03 % $ 68,696     2.05 % $ 44,992     4.19 %
 

Federal Home Loan Bank—current portion

    30,562     1.97 %   15,577     2.56 %   11,093     5.51 %

Maximum Month-end Balance:

                                     
 

Customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

  $ 120,918     1.16 % $ 104,243     1.92 % $ 76,408     4.45 %
 

Federal Home Loan Bank—current portion

    50,000     0.38 %   55,000     0.70 %   30,000     5.44 %

Long-term:

                                     

At Year-End:

                                     
 

Federal Home Loan Bank

  $ 40,000     3.03 % $ 50,000     3.56 % $ 30,000     4.40 %
 

Subordinated Debentures

    9,300     10.00 %   12,150     10.00 %       0 %
 

United Bank Line of Credit

        0 %       0 %       0 %

Average Daily Balance for the Year:

                                     
 

Federal Home Loan Bank

  $ 34,000     3.35 % $ 46,202     3.84 % $ 29,033     4.89 %
 

Subordinated Debentures

    11,322     10.00 %   4,187     10.00 %       0 %
 

United Bank Line of Credit

        0 %   3,361     4.39 %       0 %

Maximum Month-end Balance:

                                     
 

Federal Home Loan Bank

  $ 50,000     3.56 % $ 50,000     3.56 % $ 45,000     4.57 %
 

Subordinated Debentures

    12,150     10.00 %   12,150     10.00 %       0 %
 

United Bank Line of Credit

        0 %   18,000     3.75 %       0 %

72



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 8—Borrowings (Continued)

        The Company offers its business customers a repurchase agreement sweep account in which it collateralizes these funds with U. S. Government agency and mortgaged backed securities segregated in its investment portfolio safekeeping for this purpose. By entering into the agreement, the customer agrees to have the Bank repurchase the designated securities on the business day following the initial transaction in consideration of the payment of interest at the rate prevailing on the day of the transaction.

        The Bank has commitments from correspondent banks under which it can purchase up to $70 million in federal funds on an unsecured basis, against which there were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2009 and can borrow unsecured funds under one-way CDARS brokered deposits in the amount of $82.0 million, against which there was $448 thousand outstanding at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Bank was also eligible to make advances from the FHLB up to $112.4 million based on collateral at the FHLB, of which it had $50 million of advances outstanding at December 31, 2009. Also, the Bank may enter into repurchase agreements as well as obtaining additional borrowing capabilities from the FHLB provided adequate collateral exists to secure these lending relationships.

        On August 11, 2008, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement and related Stock Security Agreement and Promissory Note (the "credit facility") with United Bank, pursuant to which the Company may borrow, on a revolving basis, up to $20 million for working capital purposes, to finance capital contributions to the Bank and ECV. The terms of this facility were modified in July 2009. The credit facility is secured by a first lien on all of the stock of the Bank, and bears interest at a floating rate equal to the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate minus 0.25% with a floor interest rate of 4.75%. Interest is payable on a monthly basis. The term of the credit facility expires on June 25, 2010. At any time, provided no event of default exists, the Company may term out repayment of the outstanding principal balance of the credit facility over a five year term. The credit facility contains certain customary representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, including the following financial covenants: (1) maintaining an allowance for loan losses of not less than 35% of nonperforming assets (as calculated in the Loan Agreement); (2) maintaining the Bank's Tier 1 Capital Leverage Ratio, Total Risk Based Capital Ratio and Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio as "well capitalized;" (3) maintaining the Company's Tier 1 Capital Leverage Ratio, Total Risk Based Capital Ratio and Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio as "adequately capitalized" as defined for purposes of Section 38 of the FDI Act; (4) maintaining the Company's and Bank's consolidated nonperforming assets at less than 35% of primary equity capital, as defined; (5) maintaining consolidated net income (exclusive of extraordinary and nonrecurring items) to average total assets for the Company and Bank at not less than 0.50%; and (6) maintaining a ratio of investment in bank subsidiary to consolidated equity less goodwill of not more than 125% as of any fiscal quarter end. Upon the occurrence of any event of default (as defined in the Loan Agreement) which is continuing, Lender shall have the right to declare the amount owed under the credit facility to be immediately due and payable. The Company paid $30 thousand term-out fee in connection with the modification of this facility. At December 31, 2009, there were no borrowings outstanding under this United Bank credit facility and the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

        On August 28, 2008, the Company accepted subscriptions for and sold an aggregate of $12.15 million of subordinated notes (the "Notes"), on a private placement basis. This offering, which was funded by several Directors of the Company, was utilized to provide additional Tier 2 regulatory capital in the wake of the acquisition of Fidelity, absent availability of other capital sources during 2008. The capital treatment of the Notes will be phased out during the last 5 years of the Notes' term, at a rate of 20% of the original principal amount per year commencing in October 2009. The Notes bear interest, payable on the first day

73



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 8—Borrowings (Continued)


of each month, commencing in October 2008, at a fixed rate of 10% per year. The Notes have a term of approximately six years, and have a maturity of September 30, 2014. On September 17, 2009, the Company redeemed an aggregate of $2.85 million of the Notes from certain directors of the Company. At December 31, 2009, $9.3 million of the Notes remaining outstanding and are included in long-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 9—Preferred Stock and Warrants

        On December 5, 2008, the Company entered into and consummated a Letter Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury"), pursuant to which the Company issued 38,235 shares of the Company's Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Series A Preferred Stock'), having a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000, for a total purchase price of $38,235,000. The Series A Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year. As a result of legislative changes during 2009, and subject to consultation with the Company's and Bank's federal regulators, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at the liquidation amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting, except in limited circumstances. Prior to the third anniversary of issuance, unless the Company has redeemed all of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Treasury has transferred all of the Series A Preferred Stock to a third party, the consent of the Treasury will be required for the Company to increase its common stock dividend or repurchase its common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Purchase Agreement.

        The Company redeemed 15,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock on December 23, 2009. The aggregate redemption price for the shares was $15,079,166.67, including accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares. Following the repurchase, 23,235 shares of Series A Preferred Stock ($23,235,000 aggregate liquidation amount) remain outstanding, held by the Treasury. For additional information see "Capital Resources and Adequacy" at page 42 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        In connection with the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Treasury was issued a warrant (the "Warrant") to purchase 770,867 shares of the Company's common stock at an initial exercise price of $7.44 per share. The Warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares of the common stock issuable upon exercise pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions, such as upon stock splits or distributions of securities or other assets to holders of the common stock, and upon certain issuances of the common stock (or securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, common stock) at or below 90% of the market price of the common stock on the trading day prior to the date of the agreement on pricing such securities. The Warrants expires ten years from the date of issuance. As a result of the completion of a "qualified equity offering" by the Company, the number of share of common stock issuable pursuant to the Warrant has been reduced by one-half to 385,434. Accordingly, the discount on the preferred stock and the warrants was reduced by $946 thousand in November 2009. The Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.

74



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 10—Income Taxes

        Federal and state income tax expense consists of the following for the years ended December 31:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Current federal income tax

  $ 6,027   $ 5,052   $ 4,456  

Current state income tax

    1,248     714     681  
               
 

Total current

    7,275     5,766     5,137  
               

Deferred federal income tax benefit

    (1,087 )   (1,418 )   (742 )

Deferred state income tax benefit

    (223 )   (225 )   (126 )
               
 

Total deferred

    (1,310 )   (1,643 )   (868 )
               

Total income tax expense

  $ 5,965   $ 4,123   $ 4,269  
               

        Temporary timing differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities result in deferred taxes. Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities, shown as the sum of the appropriate tax effect for each significant type of temporary difference, is presented below for the years ended December 31:

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Deferred tax assets:

                   

Allowance for credit losses

  $ 8,336   $ 7,440   $ 3,251  

Deferred loan fees and costs

    1,040     746     664  

Stock based compensation

    90     49     53  

Net operating loss

    4,526     4,778      

Deferred rent

    357     278     106  

Premises and equipment

    446          

Other

    200     310     39  
               

Total deferred tax assets

    14,995     13,601     4,113  
               

Deferred tax liabilities:

                   

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

    (1,555 )   (1,594 )   (382 )

Excess servicing

    (64 )   (74 )   (95 )

Intangible assets

    (921 )   (755 )    

Premises and equipment

        (72 )   (39 )
               

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (2,540 )   (2,495 )   (516 )
               

Net deferred income tax account

  $ 12,455   $ 11,106   $ 3,597  
               

75



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 10—Income Taxes (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31 follows:

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Statutory federal income tax rate

    35.00 %   35.00 %   35.00 %

Increase (decrease) due to:

                   
 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

    4.07     2.75     3.02  
 

Tax exempt interest and dividend income

    (3.23 )   (3.48 )   (2.70 )
 

Share-based compensation expense

    0.98     0.95     0.52  
 

Other

    (0.41 )   0.47     (0.17 )
               

Effective tax rates

    36.41 %   35.69 %   35.67 %
               

        The net operating loss carry forward acquired in conjunction with the Fidelity acquisition is subject to annual limits under IRC section 382 of $718 thousand and expires in 2027.

        As a result of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock to the Treasury, the Company is required to comply with certain restrictions on executive compensation included in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended (the "EESA"). Certain of these provisions could limit the tax deductibility of compensation the Company pays to its executive officers, although no such effect has impacted the Company.

Note 11—Net Income per Common Share

        The calculation of net income per common share for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
  2009   2008   2007  

Basic:

                   

Net income allocable to common stockholders

  $ 8,112   $ 7,251   $ 7,701  

Average common shares outstanding

    14,643     11,557     10,531  
               

Basic net income per common share

  $ 0.55   $ 0.63   $ 0.73  
               

Diluted:

                   

Net income allocable to common stockholders

  $ 8,112   $ 7,251   $ 7,701  

Average common shares outstanding

    14,643     11,557     10,531  

Adjustment for common share equivalents

    141     135     319  
               

Average common shares outstanding—diluted

    14,784     11,692     10,850  
               

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 0.55   $ 0.62   $ 0.71  
               

        Per share amounts and the number of outstanding shares have been adjusted to give effect to the 10% common dividend paid on October 1, 2008.

        There were 951,399, 1,628,274 and 184,482 common shares equivalents at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively that were excluded from the diluted net income per common share computation because their effects were anti-dilutive.

76



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 12—Related Party Transactions

        Certain directors and executive officers have had loan transactions with the Company. Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with outsiders. The following table summarizes changes in amounts of loans outstanding, both direct and indirect, to those persons during 2009 and 2008.

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Balance at January 1

  $ 24,647   $ 18,203  

Additions

    6,190     15,991  

Repayments

    (5,505 )   (9,547 )
           

Balance at December 31

  $ 25,332   $ 24,647  
           

        A significant portion of the additions in 2008 in the table above were due to the acquisition of Fidelity which resulted in the addition of two directors to the Board of Directors of the Company and four directors to the Board of Directors of the Bank.

        On August 28, 2008, the Company sold an aggregate of $12.15 million of subordinated notes (the "Notes"), on a private placement basis, to seven parties, six of whom are currently directors of the Company or the Bank. Refer to Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further description of the terms of the Notes. In September 2009, $2.85 million of the Notes were redeemed, leaving an outstanding balance of Notes of $9.3 million at December 31, 2009. These Notes are included in long-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        The Bank leases certain office space, at a current monthly base rental of $46,716, excluding certain pass through expenses, from limited liability companies in which a trust for the benefit of an executive officer's children has an 85% interest in one instance and a 51% interest in another.

        The Bank has obtained certain deposits through title company clients in which a director of the Bank has a direct interest and for which a broker fee of 0.50% of average deposits is paid monthly in arrears. During 2009, approximately $102 thousand in broker fees was paid.

Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company maintains the 1998 Stock Option Plan ("1998 Plan") and the 2006 Stock Plan ("2006 Plan"), and in connection with the Fidelity acquisition assumed the Fidelity 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan and 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Fidelity Plans"). No additional options may be granted under the 1998 Plan or the Fidelity Plans.

        The 2006 Plan provides for the issuance of awards of incentive options, nonqualifying options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights to selected key employees and members of the Board. As amended, 1,215,000 shares of common stock are subject to issuance pursuant to awards under the 2006 Plan. Option awards are made with an exercise price equal to the average of the high and low price of the Company's shares at the date of grant.

        For awards that are service based, compensation expense is being recognized over the service (vesting) period based on fair value, which for stock option grants is computed using the Black Scholes model, and for restricted stock awards is based on the average of the high and low stock price of the Company's shares at the date of grant. For awards that are performance based, compensation expense is recorded based on the probability of achievement of the goals underlying the grant.

77



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        In January 2009, the Company awarded options to purchase 315,437 shares of common stock and 30,763 shares of restricted stock to employees, senior officers and to a Director. Of the total options awarded, 263,700 have a ten year term and vest in five substantially equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The remaining options have a ten year term and vest in four annual installments beginning on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. The restricted stock is service based, which vest in five substantially equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

        In April 2009, the Company awarded options to purchase 1,500 shares to an employee under the 2006 Plan which have a ten-year term and vest in five substantially equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

        In June 2009, the Company awarded 18,822 shares of restricted stock to eighteen nonemployee Directors of the Company and Bank. The restricted stock vests in three substantially equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

        In August 2009, the Company awarded options to purchase 5,000 shares to an employee under the 2006 Plan which have a five year term and vest in four substantially equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

        In September 2009, the Company awarded options to purchase 3,000 shares to an employee under the 2006 Plan which have a five year term and vest in three substantially equal annual installments beginning on the date of grant.

        In December 2009, the Company awarded options to purchase 1,500 shares to an employee under the 2006 Plan which have a five year term and vest in four substantially equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

        Below is a summary of stock option activity (split adjusted) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The information excludes restricted stock units and awards.

 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

    1,028,580   $ 2.57     828,089   $ 2.98     989,610   $ 2.79  

Issued

    326,437     2.06     429,715     1.30     104,433     2.89  

Exercised

    (38,645 )   1.38     (139,494 )   1.40     (215,859 )   2.07  

Forfeited

    (39,673 )   2.13     (15,047 )   2.53     (16,881 )   3.19  

Expired

    (50,932 )   1.09     (74,683 )   1.93     (33,214 )   2.76  
                                 

Outstanding at End of Year

    1,225,767     2.55     1,028,580     2.57     828,089     2.98  
                                 

78



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009. The information excludes restricted stock units and awards.

Outstanding:

Range of Exercise Prices
  Stock Options
Outstanding
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 

$2.98–$8.10

    484,188   $ 6.05     6.15  

$8.11–$11.07

    255,690     10.21     4.45  

$11.08–$15.43

    243,359     12.99     3.60  

$15.44–$26.86

    242,530     22.03     4.73  
                   

    1,225,767     11.46     5.00  
                   

Exercisable:

Range of Exercise Prices
  Stock Options
Exercisable
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 

$2.98–$8.10

    188,550   $ 5.52  

$8.11–$11.07

    246,188     10.24  

$11.08–$15.43

    130,790     12.89  

$15.44–$26.86

    222,218     22.49  
             

    787,746     13.00  
             

        The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assumptions as shown in the table below used for grants during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2009   2008   2007

Expected Volatility

    25.9%–58.0%     23.7%–78.5%     18.5%–24.4%

Weighted-Average Volatility

    26.74%     35.47%     20.12%

Expected Dividends

    0.0%     0.8%     1.4%

Expected Term (In years)

    3.5–8.5     0.1–9.0     3.1–4.0

Risk-Free Rate

    0.84%     2.54%     4.73%

Weighted-Average Fair Value (Grant date)

  $ 2.06   $ 1.30   $ 4.40

        The expected lives are based on the "simplified" method allowed by ASC Topic 718 "Compensation," whereby the expected term is equal to the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term of the award.

        The total intrinsic value of outstanding stock options and outstanding exercisable stock options was $2.3 million, at December 31, 2009. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $243 thousand, $880 thousand and $1.6 million, respectively.

79



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


The total fair value of stock options vested was $233 thousand, $291 thousand and $59 thousand for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        Cash proceeds, tax benefits and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Proceeds from stock options exercised

  $ 123   $ 442   $ 1,082  

Tax benefits related to stock options exercised

    98     195     19  

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised

    282     362     1,542  

        Included in salaries and employee benefits the Company recognized $578 thousand, $311 thousand and $224 thousand in stock-based compensation expense for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all awards. Unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to all stock-based awards totaled $986 thousand at December 31, 2009. At such date, the weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense was expected to be recognized was 2.33 years.

        The Company has outstanding restricted stock awards and units granted from the 2006 Plan at December 31, 2009. Unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards and units totaled $275 thousand at December 31, 2009. At such date, the weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense was expected to be recognized was 1.57 years. The following table summarizes the unvested restricted stock awards and units outstanding at December 31, 2009:

 
  Restricted Stock Units   Restricted Stock Awards  
 
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at January 1, 2009

    7,642   $ 15.21       $  

Issued

            49,585     6.88  

Forfeited

                 

Vested

                 
                       

Unvested at December 31, 2009

    7,642   $ 15.21     49,585   $ 6.88  
                       

Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company has a qualified 401(k) Plan which covers all employees who have reached the age of 21 and have completed at least one month of service as defined by the Plan. The Company makes contributions to the Plan based on a matching formula. For years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, the Company recognized $203 thousand, $341 thousand, and $277 thousand in expense. These amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Based on a weak economic situation in 2009, the Company's 401(k) match was reduced. It has since been restored to pre-2009 levels.

80



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 15—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

        Various commitments to extend credit are made in the normal course of banking business. Letters of credit are also issued for the benefit of customers. These commitments are subject to loan underwriting standards and geographic boundaries consistent with the Company's loans outstanding.

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

        Loan commitments outstanding and lines and letters of credit at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Loan commitments

  $ 47,800   $ 54,531  

Unused lines of credit

    241,652     182,455  

Letters of credit

    18,238     16,794  

        Because most of the Company's business activity is with customers located in the Washington, D.C., metropolitan area, a geographic concentration of credit risk exists within the loan portfolio, and, as such, its performance will be influenced by the economy of the region.

        The Bank maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments which amounted to $13 thousand at December 31, 2009 and $40 thousand at December 31, 2008. These amounts are included in other liabilities. Increases and decreases to the reserve are a component of other expenses.

Note 16—Litigation

        In the normal course of its business, the Company is involved in litigation arising from banking, financial, and other activities it conducts. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, operating results or liquidity.

Note 17—Regulatory Matters

        The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors.

        Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank and Company to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as

81



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 17—Regulatory Matters (Continued)


defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, that the Company and Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

        The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are presented in the table below:

 
  Company   Bank    
  To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
Ratio*
 
 
  For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)
  Actual
Amount
  Ratio   Actual
Amount
  Ratio  

As of December 31, 2009

                                     
 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

  $ 203,551     13.57 % $ 165,809     11.20 %   8.0 %   10.0 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

    177,334     11.82 %   147,276     9.95 %   4.0 %   6.0 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

    177,334     10.29 %   147,276     8.76 %   3.0 %   5.0 %

As of December 31, 2008

                                     
 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

  $ 162,285     11.93 % $ 141,735     10.46 %   8.0 %   10.0 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

    133,109     9.78 %   124,778     9.21 %   4.0 %   6.0 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

    133,109     9.22 %   124,778     8.69 %   3.0 %   5.0 %

*
Applies to Bank only

        Bank and holding company regulations, as well as Maryland law, impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the Bank, as well as restricting extension of credit and transfers of assets between the Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2009, subject to prior approval by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation, the Bank could pay dividends to the parent to the extent of its earnings so long as it maintained required capital ratios. However, until December 5, 2011 or the earlier redemption for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company is prohibited from increasing the dividend on the common stock without Treasury consent. Additionally, the ability of the Company to pay dividends or purchase shares of its common stock will be restricted at any time when dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are in arrears.

Note 18—Acquisition

        Effective August 31, 2008, the Company consummated the acquisition of Fidelity, pursuant to which its subsidiary, F&T Bank was merged into the Bank, with the Bank being the surviving entity.

        The transaction was accounted for as an acquisition by the Company of Fidelity using the purchase method of accounting, ASC Topic 805, "Business Combinations," and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Fidelity were recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The acquisition added approximately $360 million in loans, $100 million in investments, $385 million in deposits, $47 million in customer repurchase agreements and $13 million in equity capital to the Company. An outstanding loan from the Bank to Fidelity of $12.9 million was paid-off and eliminated in the acquisition transaction.

82



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 18—Acquisition (Continued)


Identified intangibles related to core deposits were recorded for $2.3 million, which is being amortized over approximately a six year average life. The Company recorded an initial amount of unidentified intangible (goodwill) incident to the acquisition of Fidelity of approximately $360 thousand. Based on allowable adjustments, the unidentified intangible (goodwill) amounted to approximately $2.2 million at December 31, 2009.

        In accordance with the provision of ASC Topic 805, "Business Combinations," the income and expenses of Fidelity were included in the consolidated results of operations for periods subsequent to the acquisition only, which for the year ended December 31, 2008 was for the four months ending December 31, 2008.

        As a result of the acquisition, the Company had aggregate assets of approximately $1.5 billion, and loans and deposits each in excess of $1.1 billion. Subsequent to the acquisition, the bank had fifteen branches in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, including nine in Montgomery County, Maryland, five in the District of Columbia and one in Fairfax County, Virginia. The Company has closed two branches as a part of the planned integration, both in Montgomery County, Maryland.

        The acquisition was structured as a stock-for-stock exchange, under which Fidelity's shareholders received 0.3894 shares of Company common stock for each share of Fidelity common stock owned. Based upon the final average closing stock price for the Company of $8.0284 per share and the final conversion ratio of 0.3894 shares, the aggregate value of the transaction was approximately $13.1 million, or $3.13 per share of Fidelity common stock. The Company issued 1,638,031 new shares to the Fidelity shareholders, which amounted to approximately 14% of pro forma shares outstanding. Options to purchase 503,570 shares of Fidelity common stock were converted into options to purchase 215,585 shares of Company common stock (adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid October 1, 2008). No value was attributed to these option shares based on the remaining option terms as evaluated under the Black Scholes model. Refer to "Business" at page 92 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 for further information on this transaction.

Note 19—Fair Value Measurements

        The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures," establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation

83



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 19—Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

  Level 1   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2

 

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;

 

Level 3

 

Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

Investment Securities Available for Sale

        Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security's credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange such as the New York Stock Exchange, Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets.

Loans

        The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis, however, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan loss is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 310, "Receivables," the fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, and liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring a specific allowance represents loans for which the fair value of expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investment in such loans. At December 31, 2009, substantially all of the totally impaired loans were evaluated based upon the fair value of the collateral. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

84



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 19—Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded as Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:

(dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Value
(Fair Value)
  Quoted
Prices
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Trading
Gains
and
(Losses)
  Total
Changes in
Fair Values
Included in
Period
Earnings
 

Investment securities available for sale

  $ 235,227   $ 141   $ 234,828   $ 258   $   $  

        The following table shows a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets:

(dollars in thousands)
  Available for sale
Securities
 

Balance, January 1, 2009

  $ 218  
 

Total realized and unrealized gains and losses:

       
   

Included in net income

     
   

Included in other comprehensive income

     
 

Purchases, issuances and settlements

    40  
 

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

     
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 258  
       

Assets and Liabilities Recorded as Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

        The Company may be required from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are included in the table below:

(dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Value
(Fair Value)
  Quoted
Prices
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Trading
Gains
and
(Losses)
  Total
Changes in
Fair Values
Included in
Period
Earnings
 

Loans

  $ 22,025   $   $ 20,905   $ 1,120   $   $  

Other real estate owned

  $ 5,106   $   $   $ 5,106   $   $  

        The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the value, whether or not such financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet. Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation, and is best evidenced by quoted market price, if one exists.

        Quoted market prices, if available, are shown as estimates of fair value. Because no quoted market prices exist for a portion of the Company's financial instruments, the fair value of such instruments has been derived based on management's assumptions with respect to future economic conditions, the amount and timing of future cash flows and estimated discount rates. Different assumptions could significantly

85



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 19—Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


affect these estimates. Accordingly, the net realizable value could be materially different from the estimates presented below. In addition, the estimates are only indicative of individual financial instrument values and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company taken as a whole.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each category of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate value:

        Cash and federal funds sold:    For cash and due from banks, and federal funds sold the carrying amount approximates fair value.

        Interest bearing deposits with banks:    Values are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar deposits would be earning.

        Investment securities:    For these instruments, fair values are based on published market or dealer quotes.

        Loans held for sale:    Fair values are at the carrying value (lower of cost or market) since such loans are typically committed to be sold (servicing released) at a profit.

        Loans net of unearned interest:    For variable rate loans that re-price on a scheduled basis, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair value of the remaining loans are estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using the current interest rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining term.

        Other earning assets represent the carrying value of bank owned life insurance, whose fair value is assumed to be the current cash surrender value.

        Noninterest bearing deposits:    The fair value of these deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, since generally accepted accounting standards does not permit an assumption of core deposit value.

        Interest bearing deposits:    The fair value of interest bearing transaction, savings, and money market deposits with no defined maturity is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, since generally accepted accounting standards does not permit an assumption of core deposit value.

        The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar deposits would be accepted.

        Customer repurchase agreements and other borrowings:    The carrying amount for variable rate borrowings approximate the fair values at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances is estimated by computing the discounted value of contractual cash flows payable at current interest rates for obligations with similar remaining terms. The fair value of variable rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances is estimated to be carrying value since these liabilities are based on a spread to a current pricing index.

        Off-balance sheet items:    Management has reviewed the unfunded portion of commitments to extend credit, as well as standby and other letters of credit, and has determined that the fair value of such instruments is equal to the fee, if any, collected and unamortized for the commitment made.

86



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 19—Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 
  2009   2008  
(dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Value
  Fair Value   Carrying
Value
  Fair Value  

Assets:

                         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 21,955   $ 21,955   $ 27,157   $ 27,157  

Interest bearing deposits with other banks

    7,484     7,484     2,489     2,489  

Federal funds sold

    88,248     88,248     191     191  

Investment securities

    235,227     235,227     159,480     159,480  

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    10,417     10,417     9,599     9,599  

Loans held for sale

    1,550     1,550     2,718     2,718  

Loans

    1,399,311     1,398,043     1,265,640     1,261,301  

Other earning assets

    12,912     12,912     12,450     12,450  

Liabilities:

                         

Noninterest bearing deposits

    307,959     307,959     223,580     223,580  

Interest bearing deposits

    1,152,315     1,155,583     905,800     911,257  

Borrowings

    150,090     154,480     215,952     218,758  

Note 20—Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

        The following table reports quarterly results of operations (unaudited) for 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 
  2009  
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
  Fourth Quarter   Third Quarter   Second Quarter   First Quarter  

Total interest income

  $ 22,413   $ 21,426   $ 20,432   $ 20,067  

Total interest expense

    5,685     6,408     6,112     6,604  

Net interest income

    16,728     15,018     14,320     13,463  

Provision for credit losses

    2,528     1,857     1,718     1,566  

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    14,200     13,161     12,602     11,897  

Noninterest income

    1,276     1,486     3,103     1,432  

Noninterest expense

    10,627     10,280     11,573     10,293  

Net income before income tax expenses

    4,849     4,367     4,132     3,036  

Income tax expense

    1,898     1,625     1,481     961  
                   

Net income

  $ 2,951   $ 2,742   $ 2,651   $ 2,075  
                   

Income per common share

                         
 

Basic, per common share

  $ 0.12   $ 0.16   $ 0.16   $ 0.12  
 

Diluted, per common share

    0.12     0.15     0.16     0.12  

Dividend declared per common share

                 

87



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 20—Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) (Continued)

 

 
  2008  
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
  Fourth Quarter   Third Quarter   Second Quarter   First Quarter  

Total interest income

  $ 20,904   $ 16,744   $ 13,995   $ 14,014  

Total interest expense

    7,680     5,829     4,753     5,414  

Net interest income

    13,224     10,915     9,242     8,600  

Provision for credit losses

    1,450     995     814     720  

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    11,774     9,920     8,428     7,880  

Noninterest income

    1,261     1,195     970     940  

Noninterest expense

    10,507     7,570     6,532     6,208  

Net income before income tax expenses

    2,528     3,545     2,866     2,612  

Income tax expense

    867     1,284     1,011     961  
                   

Net income

  $ 1,661   $ 2,261   $ 1,855   $ 1,651  
                   

Income per common share

                         
 

Basic, per common share(1)

  $ 0.12   $ 0.20   $ 0.17   $ 0.15  
 

Diluted, per common share(1)

    0.12     0.19     0.17     0.15  

Dividend declared per common share

            0.0545     0.0545  

 

 
  2007  
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
  Fourth Quarter   Third Quarter   Second Quarter   First Quarter  

Total interest income

  $ 14,879   $ 14,355   $ 14,107   $ 13,736  

Total interest expense

    6,036     6,017     5,909     5,767  

Net interest income

    8,843     8,338     8,198     7,969  

Provision for credit losses

    883     421     36     303  

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    7,960     7,917     8,162     7,666  

Noninterest income

    1,960     1,032     1,196     998  

Noninterest expense

    6,468     6,173     6,231     6,049  

Net income before income tax expenses

    3,452     2,776     3,127     2,615  

Income tax expense

    1,166     1,021     1,149     933  
                   

Net income

  $ 2,286   $ 1,755   $ 1,978   $ 1,682  
                   

Income per common share

                         
 

Basic, per common share(1)

  $ 0.22   $ 0.16   $ 0.19   $ 0.16  
 

Diluted, per common share(1)

    0.21     0.16     0.18     0.15  

Dividend declared per common share

    0.0545     0.0545     0.0545     0.0545  

(1)
Earnings per common share are calculated on a quarterly basis and may not be additive to the year to date amount. Income per share has been adjusted for a 10% common stock dividend paid October 1, 2008.

88



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 21—Parent Company Financial Information

        Condensed financial information for Eagle Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) is as follows:

Condensed Balance Sheet
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, and 2008
(dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Assets:

             

Cash

  $ 1,591   $ 15,376  

Cash equivalents

    6,414     1,352  

Investment securities available for sale

    22,188     855  

Investment in subsidiaries

    166,024     136,173  

Other assets

    1,513     913  
           

Total Assets

  $ 197,730   $ 154,669  
           

Liabilities:

             

Other liabilities

  $ 109   $ 148  

Long-term borrowings

    9,300     12,150  
           

Total liabilities

    9,409     12,298  
           

Stockholders' Equity:

             

Preferred stock

    22,612     36,312  

Common stock

    195     127  

Warrants

    946     1,892  

Additional paid in capital

    129,211     76,822  

Retained earnings

    33,024     24,866  

Accumulated other comprehensive

    2,333     2,352  
           

Total stockholders' equity

    188,321     142,371  
           

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

  $ 197,730   $ 154,669  
           

89



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 21—Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(dollars in thousands)

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Income:

                   

Other interest and dividends

  $ 162   $ 146   $ 301  

Income from subordinated financing

            1,252  
               
 

Total Income

    162     146     1,553  
               

Expenses:

                   

Interest expense

    1,158     573      

Legal and professional

    156     85     118  

Directors' fees

    208     101     91  

Other

    541     493     405  
               
 

Total Expenses

    2,063     1,252     614  
               

Provision for Credit Losses

             
               

(Loss) Income Before Income Tax (Benefit) Expense and Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries

    (1,901 )   (1,106 )   939  

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

    (761 )   (456 )   341  
               

(Loss) Income Before Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries

    (1,140 )   (650 )   598  

Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries

    11,559     8,078     7,103  
               

Net Income

    10,419     7,428     7,701  

Preferred Stock Dividends and Discount Accretion

    2,307     177      
               

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

  $ 8,112   $ 7,251   $ 7,701  
               

90



Eagle Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: (Continued)

Note 21—Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(dollars in thousands)

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                   

Net Income

  $ 10,419   $ 7,428   $ 7,701  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

    (11,559 )   (8,078 )   (7,103 )

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

    (98 )   (195 )   (19 )

(Increase) decrease in other assets

    (600 )   (700 )   346  

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

    (39 )   (558 )   703  
               

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (1,877 )   (2,103 )   1,628  
               

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                   

Purchase of available for sale investment securities

    (27,755 )        

Proceeds from sale/call of available for sale securities

    7,000          

Investment in subsidiary (net)

    (18,235 )   (35,696 )   (1,756 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (38,990 )   (35,696 )   (1,756 )
               

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                   

Issuance of preferred stock and warrants

        38,204      

Redemption of series A preferred stock

    (15,000 )        

Issuance of common stock

    51,781     1,249     1,771  

Preferred stock dividends

    (1,885 )        

Dividends paid

        (1,178 )   (2,302 )

(Decrease) increase in long-term borrowings

    (2,850 )   12,150      

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

    98     195     19  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    32,144     50,620     (512 )
               

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash

    (8,723 )   12,821     (640 )

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

    16,728     3,907     4,547  
               

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

  $ 8,005   $ 16,728   $ 3,907  
               

91


BUSINESS

        The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland on October 28, 1997, to serve as the bank holding company for the Bank. The Company was formed by a group of local businessmen and professionals with significant prior experience in community banking in the Company's market area, together with an experienced community bank senior management team. The Bank, a Maryland chartered commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Company's principal operating subsidiary, was chartered as a bank and commenced banking operations on July 20, 1998. The Bank operates from eight Montgomery County offices located in Rockville (3), Bethesda, Silver Spring (2), Potomac and Chevy Chase, Maryland, five locations in the District of Columbia and one Virginia office located in Tysons Corner. Included above is a new office in Potomac, Maryland opened in November 2009. The Bank seeks additional banking offices consistent with its strategic plan, although there can be no assurance that the Bank will establish any additional offices, or that any branch office will prove to be profitable. In late January 2010, the Bank Board approved the closing of the Sligo Office in Silver Spring. This office is expected to be merged into another Silver Spring location by April 30, 2010. In July 2006, the Company formed Eagle Commercial Ventures, LLC as a direct subsidiary to provide subordinated financing for the acquisition, development and construction of real estate projects, the primary financing for which would be provided by the Bank.

        The Bank operates as a community bank alternative to the super-regional financial institutions which dominate EagleBank's primary market area. The cornerstone of the Bank's philosophy is to provide superior, personalized service to its customers. The Bank focuses on relationship banking, providing each customer with a number of services, familiarizing itself with, and addressing itself to, customer needs in a proactive, personalized fashion. Management believes that the market segments which the Bank targets, small to medium sized for profit and not for profit businesses and the consumer base of the Bank's market area demand the convenience and personal service that a smaller, independent financial institution such as the Bank can offer. It is these themes of convenience and personal service that form the basis for the Bank's business development strategies.

        Acquisition.    Effective August 31, 2008, the Company consummated the acquisition of Fidelity, pursuant to which its subsidiary, F&T Bank was merged into the Bank, with the Bank being the surviving entity. Please refer to Note 6 "Intangible Assets" and Note 18 "Acquisition" to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on this transaction.

        As a result of the acquisition, the Company succeeded to six branch offices of Fidelity, closing two of those branches as a part of the integration, both in Montgomery County, Maryland.

        Description of Services.    The Bank offers full commercial banking services to its business and professional clients as well as complete consumer banking services to individuals living and/or working in the service area. The Bank emphasizes providing commercial banking services to sole proprietorships, small and medium-sized businesses, partnerships, corporations, non-profit organizations and associations, and investors living and working in and near the Bank's primary service area. A full range of retail banking services are offered to accommodate the individual needs of both corporate customers as well as the community the Bank serves. The Bank also offers a remote deposit service which allows clients to facilitate and expedite deposit transactions through the use of electronic scanning devices.

        The Bank has developed a loan portfolio consisting primarily of traditional business and real estate secured loans with a substantial portion being variable rates, and where the cash flow of the borrower/borrower's is the principal source of debt service with a secondary emphasis on collateral. Real estate loans are made generally for commercial purposes and are structured using both variable and fixed rates and renegotiable rates which adjust in three to five years, with maturities of five to ten years. Consumer loans are comprised primarily of home equity lending and are made on the traditional installment basis for a variety of purposes. The Bank has developed significant expertise and commitment as a Small Business Administration ("SBA").

92


        All new business customers are screened to determine, in advance, their credit qualifications and history. This practice permits the Bank to respond quickly to credit requests as they arise.

        In general, the Bank offers the following credit services:

        The direct lending activities in which the Bank engages carry the risk that the borrowers will be unable to perform on their obligations. As such, interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board and general economic conditions, nationally and in the Bank's primary market area have a significant impact on the Bank's and the Company's results of operations. To the extent that economic conditions deteriorate, business and individual borrowers may be less able to meet their obligations to the Bank in full, in a timely manner, resulting in decreased earnings or losses to the Bank. To the extent the Bank makes fixed rate loans, general increases in interest rates will tend to reduce the Bank's spread as the interest rates the Bank must pay for deposits may increase while interest income may be unchanged. Economic conditions and interest rates may also adversely affect the value of property pledged as security for loans.

        The Bank's goals are to mitigate risks in the event of unforeseen threats to the loan portfolio as a result of economic downturn or other negative influences. Plans for mitigating inherent risks in managing loan assets include; carefully enforcing loan policies and procedures, evaluating each borrower's business plan during the underwriting process and throughout the loan term, identifying and monitoring primary and alternative sources for loan repayment, and obtaining collateral to mitigate economic loss in the event of liquidation. Specific loan reserves are established based upon credit and/or collateral risks on an individual loan basis. A risk rating system is employed to proactively estimate loss exposure and provide a measuring system for setting general and specific reserve allocations.

        Under certain circumstances, the Bank attempts to further mitigate commercial term loan losses by using loan guarantee programs offered by the SBA. The Bank has been approved for the SBA's preferred lender program ("PLP"). SBA loans made using PLP by the Bank are not subject to SBA pre-approval.

        Refer to Critical Accounting Policies at page 7; and Allowance for Credit Losses at page 24 for further discussion of credit risk management policies and practices.

        The composition of the Bank's loan portfolio is heavily weighted toward commercial real estate, both owner occupied and investment real estate. At December 31, 2009, real estate commercial, real estate residential and real estate construction combined represented 69% of the loan portfolio. These loans are underwritten to mitigate lending risks typical of this type of loan such as declines in real estate values, changes in borrower cash flow and general economic conditions. The Bank typically requires a loan to value of 80% or less and minimum cash flow debt service coverage of 1.15 to 1.0. Personal guarantees are generally required, but may be limited. In making real estate commercial mortgage loans, the Bank generally requires that interest rates adjust not less frequently than five years.

        The Bank is also an active traditional commercial lender providing loans for a variety of purposes, including cash flow, equipment and account receivable financing. This loan category represents approximately 25% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2009 and is generally variable or adjustable rate. Commercial loans meet reasonable underwriting standards, including appropriate collateral, and cash flow

93



necessary to support debt service. Personal guarantees are generally required, but may be limited. SBA loans represent 3% of the commercial loan category of loans. In originating SBA loans, the Company assumes the risk of non-payment on the uninsured portion of the credit. The Company generally sells the insured portion of the loan generating noninterest income from the gains on sale, as well as servicing income on the portion participated. SBA loans are subject to the same cash flow analyses as other commercial loans. SBA loans and the Section 7A lending program in particular, are subject to a maximum loan size established by the SBA.

        Approximately 6% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2009 consists of home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. These credits, while making up a smaller portion of the loan portfolio, demand the same emphasis on underwriting and credit evaluation as other types of loans advanced by the Bank.

        At December 31, 2009, the Bank had a legal lending limit of $26.5 million. Due to legal lending limitations, the Bank occasionally participates portions of credits to other area banks. The Bank has also participated loans to the Company until such time as the Bank could accommodate the participation within its legal limit or the loan could be participated to another lender. No loan participations to the Company are outstanding at December 31, 2009. The ability of the Company to assist the Bank with these credits has expanded the flexibility and service the Bank can offer its customers.

        From time to time the Company may make loans for its own portfolio or through its higher risk loan affiliate, Eagle Commercial Ventures, LLC. ("ECV"), which under its operating agreement conducts lending only to real estate projects where the Company's directors or lending officers have significant expertise. Such loans, which are made to finance projects which are also financed at the Bank level, may have higher risk characteristics than loans made by the Bank, such as lower priority interests and/or higher loan to value ratios. The Company seeks an overall financial return on these transactions commensurate with the risks and structure of each individual loan. Certain transactions bear current interest at a rate with a significant premium to normal market rates. Other loan transactions carry a standard rate of current interest, but also earn additional interest based on a percentage of the profits of the underlying project. This additional interest is recognized upon full repayment of the underlying loan and substantial completion of the project. Refer to the discussion under "Management's Discussion and Analysis—Noninterest Income" at page 16 and "Loan Portfolio" at page 21, for further information on the Company's and ECV's higher risk lending activities. In 2009, no additional higher risk loan transactions were consummated.

        The risk of nonpayment (or deferred payment) of loans is inherent in commercial banking. The Bank's marketing focus on small to medium-sized businesses may result in the assumption by the Bank of certain lending risks that are different from those attendant to loans to larger companies. The management and director committees of the Bank carefully evaluate all loan applications and attempt to minimize credit risk exposure by use of extensive loan application data, due diligence, and approval and monitoring procedures; however, there can be no assurance that such procedures can significantly reduce such lending risks.

        The Bank originates residential mortgage loans primarily as a correspondent lender. With only rare exceptions, the loans are registered with one of the designated investors at the time of application with intentions of immediate sale to that investor on a servicing released basis. This activity is managed by utilizing the available pricing, programs and lock periods which produce market gains on the sale of the loan. Activity in the residential mortgage loan market is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and product availability. While the Bank does have delegated underwriting authority from most of its investors, it also employs the services of a contract underwriter which has been approved by the designated investors. Because the loans are originated with investor guidelines, designated automated underwriting and product specific requirements as part of the loan application, the loans sold have a limited recourse provision. Most contracts with investors contain recourse periods that may vary from 90 days up to one year. In general, the

94



Company may be required to repurchase a previously sold mortgage loan or indemnify the investor if there is major non-compliance with defined loan origination or documentation standards, including fraud, negligence or material misstatement in the loan documents. In addition, the Company may have an obligation to repurchase a loan if the mortgagor has defaulted early in the loan term. The potential default repurchase period is approximately twelve months after sale of the loan to the investor. Mortgages subject to recourse are collateralized by single-family residential properties, have loan-to-value ratios of 80% or less, or have private mortgage insurance. In certain instances, the Bank may provide equity loans (second position financing) in combination with residential first mortgage lending for purchase money and refinancing purposes. The Bank also brokers loan transactions with two investors, where the Bank refers, but does not underwrite and does not close the loan transaction. In this situation the Bank has no recourse liability for the loan.

        The general terms and underwriting standards for each type of commercial real estate and construction loan are incorporated into the Bank's lending policies. These policies are analyzed periodically by management, and the policies are reviewed and approved by the Board on an annual basis. The Bank's loan policies and practices described in this report are subject to periodic change, and each guideline or standard is subject to waiver or exception in the case of any particular loan, by the appropriate officer or committee, in accordance with the Bank's loan policies. Policy standards are often stated in mandatory terms, such as "shall" or "must", but these provisions are subject to exceptions. Policy requirements that value not exceed a percentage of "market value" or "fair value" are based upon appraisals or evaluations obtained in the ordinary course of the Bank's underwriting practices.

        Loans are secured primarily by duly recorded first deeds of trust. In some cases, the Bank may accept a recorded second trust position. In general, borrowers will have a proven ability to build, lease, manage and/or sell a commercial or residential project and demonstrate satisfactory financial condition. Additionally, an equity contribution toward the project is customarily required.

        Construction loans require that the financial condition and experience of the general contractor and major subcontractors be satisfactory to the Bank. Guaranteed, fixed price contracts are required whenever appropriate, along with payment and performance bonds or completion bonds for larger scale projects.

        Loans intended for residential land acquisition, lot development and construction are made on the premise that the land: 1) is or will be developed for building sites for residential structures, and; 2) will ultimately be utilized for construction or improvement of residential zoned real properties, including the creation of housing. Residential development and construction loans will finance projects such as single family subdivisions, planned unit developments ("PUDs"), townhouses, condominiums. Residential land acquisition, development and construction loans generally are underwritten with a maximum term of 36 months, including extensions approved at origination.

        Commercial land acquisition and construction loans are secured by real property where loan funds will be used to acquire land and to construct or improve appropriately zoned real property for the creation of income producing or owner user commercial properties. Borrowers are generally required to put equity into each project at levels determined by the appropriate Loan Committee. Commercial land acquisition and construction loans generally are underwritten with a maximum term of 24 months.

        Loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios, with few exceptions, are maintained consistent with or below Supervisory Guidelines.

        All construction draw requests must be presented in writing on American Institute of Architects documents and certified by the contractor, the borrower and the borrower's architect. Each draw request shall also include the borrower's soft cost breakdown certified by the borrower or its Chief Financial Officer. Prior to an advance, the Bank or its contractor inspects the project to determine that the work has been completed, to justify the draw requisition.

95


        Commercial permanent loans are secured by improved real property which is generating income in the normal course of operation. Debt service coverage, assuming stabilized occupancy, must be satisfactory to support a permanent loan. The debt service coverage ratio is ordinarily at least 1.15:1. As part of the underwriting process, debt service coverage ratios are stress tested assuming a 200 basis point increase in interest rates from their current levels.

        Commercial permanent loans generally are underwritten with a term not greater than 10 years or the remaining useful life of the property, whichever is lower. The preferred term is between 5 to 7 years, with amortization to a maximum of 25 years.

        Personal guarantees are generally received from the principals, and only in instances where the loan-to-value is sufficiently low and the debt service is sufficiently high is consideration given to either limiting or not requiring personal recourse.

        Updated appraisals for real estate secured loans are obtained as necessary and appropriate to borrower financial condition, project status, loan terms, and market conditions.

        The Company's loan portfolio includes loans made for real estate Acquisition, Development and Construction ("ADC") purposes, including both investment and owner occupied projects. ADC loans amounted to $252.7 million at December 31, 2009. The majority of the ADC portfolio, both speculative and non speculative, includes loan funded interest reserves. ADC loans containing loan funded interest reserves represent approximately 44% of the outstanding ADC loan portfolio at December 31, 2009. The decision to establish a loan-funded interest reserve is made upon origination of the ADC loan and is based upon a number of factors considered during underwriting of the credit including (i) the feasibility of the project; (ii) the experience of the sponsor; (iii) the creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors; (iv) borrower equity contribution; and (v) the level of collateral protection. When appropriate, an interest reserve provides an effective means of addressing the cash flow characteristics of a properly underwritten ADC loan. The Company does not significantly utilize interest reserves in other loan products. The Company recognizes that one of the risks inherent in the use of interest reserves is the potential masking of underlying problems with the project and/or the borrower's ability to repay the loan. In order to mitigate this inherent risk, the Company employs a series of reporting and monitoring mechanisms on all ADC loans, whether or not an interest reserve is provided, including (i) construction and development timelines which are monitored on an ongoing basis which track the progress of a given project to the timeline projected at origination; (ii) a construction loan administration department independent of lending function; (iii) third party independent construction loan inspection reports; (iv) monthly interest reserve monitoring reports detailing the balance of the interest reserves approved at origination and the days of interest carry represented by the reserve balances as compared to the then current anticipated time to completion and/or sale of speculative projects; and (v) quarterly commercial real estate construction meetings among senior Company management which includes monitoring of current and projected real estate market conditions. If a project has not performed as expected, it is not the customary practice of the Company to increase loan funded interest reserves.

        Despite the softening economy and real estate markets in general, to date the Company has not experienced any significant issues with increased vacancy rates or lower rents for income producing properties financed. However, the construction loan portfolio has felt the impact of a softer market and slower absorption. The slower turn of projects has impacted the liquidity of borrowers and guarantors. As a result the Company has maintained higher allocation factors (established in 2008) for the ALLL for the real estate loan portfolio. This increase has had an impact on the provision expense which results in marginal decrease in net income. Management carefully reviews the Bank's portfolio and general economic and market conditions on a regular basis and will continue to adjust both the specific and environmental reserve factors as necessary.

        Deposit services include business and personal checking accounts, NOW accounts, tiered savings and money market account and time deposits with varying maturity structures and customer options. A

96



complete individual retirement account program is available. In cooperation with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, the bank has introduced Eagle Asset Management Account, a check writing cash management account that sweeps funds to one of several off-balance sheet investment accounts managed by Goldman Sachs.

        Other services include cash management services such as electronic banking, business sweep accounts, lock box, and account reconciliation services, credit card depository, safety deposit boxes and Automated Clearing House origination. After-hours depositories and ATM service are also available.

        The Bank and Company maintain portfolios of short term investments and investment securities consisting primarily of U.S. Government Agency bonds and government sponsored enterprise mortgage backed securities, but which also contains equity investments related to membership in the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, and municipal bonds. The Company's securities portfolio also consists of equity investments in the form of common stocks. The Company holds limited equity investments in local banking companies. These portfolios provide the following objectives: liquidity management, additional income to the Company and Bank in the form of interest and gain on sale opportunities, collateral to facilitate borrowing arrangements and assistance with meeting interest rate risk management objectives.

        The Company and Bank have formalized an asset and liability management process and have a standing Committee ("ALCO") consisting both of outside and inside directors. The ALCO operates under established policies and practices, which are updated and re-approved annually. A typical Committee meeting includes discussion of current economic conditions and strategies, including interest rate trends and volumes positions, the current balance sheet and earnings position, cash flow estimates, liquidity positions and funding alternatives as necessary, interest rate risk position (quarterly), capital position, review of the investment portfolio of the Bank and the Company, and the approval of investment transactions. The current Investment Policy limits the Bank to investments of high quality, U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government agency securities and high grade municipal securities. High risk investments, derivatives and non traditional investments are prohibited, although the Bank does have investments in structured notes, which are permitted under the investment policy. Investment maturities are generally limited to ten to fifteen years, except as specifically approved by the ALCO, and mortgage backed pass through securities with average lives generally not to exceed eight years.

        The Bank's customer base has benefited from the extensive business and personal contacts of its Directors and Executive Officers. To introduce new customers to the Bank, enhanced reliance is expected on proactively designed officer calling programs, newly created advisory board structures and enhanced referral programs.

97


RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully read and consider the risk factors described below as well as the other information included in this report and other documents we file with the SEC, as the same may be updated from time to time. Any of these risks, if they actually occur, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect us. In any such case, you could lose all or a portion of your original investment.

         The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, which may make it difficult for investors to resell shares of common stock at time or prices they find attractive.

        Our stock price may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, in addition to those described above:

        In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including for reasons unrelated to their operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect our stock price, notwithstanding our operating results. We expect that the market price of our common stock will continue to fluctuate and there can be no assurances about the levels of the market prices for our common stock.

         Trading in the common stock has been light. As a result, shareholders may not be able to quickly and easily sell their common stock, particularly in large quantities.

        Although our common stock is listed for trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market and a number of brokers offer to make a market in the common stock on a regular basis, trading volume to date has been limited, averaging approximately 38,400 shares per day during 2009, and there can be no assurance that a continuously active and liquid market for the common stock can be maintained. As a result, shareholders may find it difficult to sell a significant number of shares at the prevailing market price.

98



         We are not currently able to pay dividends on the common stock, or repurchase shares of common stock.

        Until the earlier of December 5, 2011 and the date on which the Treasury no longer holds any shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, our ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of common stock is subject to restrictions, including a restriction against paying any dividends on the common stock without Treasury consent. In addition, our ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of common stock is subject to restrictions in the event that we fail to declare and pay full dividends (or declare and set aside a sum sufficient for payment thereof) on the Series A Preferred Stock. Even if we were permitted to pay dividends under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, our ability to pay dividends would be dependent on the performance of the Bank, our principal operating subsidiary, and by the capital requirements of our subsidiaries. See "Market for Common Stock and Dividends" at page 45 for additional information on limitations of our ability to pay dividends

         We may issue additional equity securities, or engage in other transactions which dilute our book value or affect the priority of the common stock, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        Our board of directors may determine from time to time that we need to raise additional capital by issuing additional shares of our common stock or other securities. We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any future offerings, or the prices at which such offerings may be affected. Such offerings could be dilutive to common stockholders. New investors also may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to, and that adversely affect, our then current common shareholders. Additionally, if we raise additional capital by making additional offerings of debt or preferred equity securities, upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.

         Directors and officers of the Company own approximately 16.3% of the outstanding common stock. As a result of their combined ownership, they could make it more difficult to obtain approval for some matters submitted to shareholder vote, including acquisitions of the Company. The results of the vote may be contrary to the desires or interests of the public shareholders.

        Directors and executive officers of the Company and their affiliates own approximately 16.3% of the outstanding shares of common stock, and combined with directors of the Bank, are believed to own approximately 18.6% of the currently outstanding common stock, excluding in each case shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options. By voting against a proposal submitted to shareholders, the directors and officers, as a group, may be able to make approval more difficult for proposals requiring the vote of shareholders, such as some mergers, share exchanges, asset sales, and amendments to the articles of incorporation.

         Substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control and anti-takeover provisions of Maryland law may make it more difficult for you to receive a change in control premium.

        With certain limited exceptions, federal regulations prohibit a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be "acting in concert" from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% (5% if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of our voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in

99



any manner the election of a majority of our directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of our company without prior notice or application to and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. There are comparable prior approval requirements for changes in control under Maryland law. Also, Maryland corporate law contains several provisions that may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of the Company without the approval of our board of directors, and may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding common stock.

         The current economic environment poses significant challenges for us and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We are operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment. Financial institutions continue to be affected by sharp declines in the real estate market and constrained financial markets. Dramatic declines in the housing market over the past year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. Continued declines in real estate values, home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects on us and others in the financial institutions industry. For example, further deterioration in local economic conditions in our market could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses. We may also face the following risks in connection with these events:

        As these conditions or similar ones continue to exist or worsen, we could experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our financial condition.

         Our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected if our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb actual losses or if we are required to increase our allowance for loan losses.

        Historically, we have enjoyed a relatively low level of nonperforming assets and net charge-offs, both in absolute dollars, as a percentage of loans and as compared to many of our peer institutions. As a result of this historical experience, we have incurred a relatively lower loan loss provision expense, which has positively impacted our earnings. However, experience in the banking industry indicates that a portion of our loans will become delinquent, that some of our loans may only be partially repaid or may never be

100



repaid and we may experience other losses for reasons beyond our control. Despite our underwriting criteria and historical experience, we may be particularly susceptible to losses due to: (1) the geographic concentration of our loans, (2) the concentration of higher risk loans, such as commercial real estate, construction and commercial and industrial loans, (3) the relative lack of seasoning of certain of our loans. As a result, we may not be able to maintain our relatively low levels of nonperforming assets and charge-offs. Although we believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb any inherent losses in our loan portfolio, these estimates of loan losses are necessarily subjective and their accuracy depends on the outcome of future events. If we need to make significant and unanticipated increases in our loss allowance in the future, our results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected at that time.

        While we strive to carefully monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become nonperforming, at any time there are loans included in the portfolio that will result in losses, but that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem loans. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating loans before they become nonperforming assets, or that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified. As a result, future additions to the allowance may be necessary.

        Economic conditions and increased uncertainty in the financial markets could adversely affect ability to accurately assess our allowance for credit losses. Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers or to estimate the values of our assets and collateral for loans will be reduced if the models and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors, valuations, assumptions or estimates. We estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and the values of certain assets by using estimates based on difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including estimates as to the effects of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the value of assets.

         Lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio may increase the risk of credit defaults in the future.

        Due to our rapid growth, a substantial amount of the loans in our portfolio and of our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process referred to as "seasoning." A portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a newer portfolio. As a result, because a large portion of our loan portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not be representative of the level that will prevail when the portfolio becomes more seasoned, which may be higher than current levels. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

         Our continued growth depends on our ability to meet minimum regulatory capital levels. Growth and shareholder returns may be adversely affected if sources of capital are not available to help us meet them.

        As we grow, we will have to maintain our regulatory capital levels at or above the required minimum levels. If earnings do not meet our current estimates, if we incur unanticipated losses or expenses, or if we grow faster than expected, we may need to obtain additional capital sooner than not have continued access to sufficient capital, we may be required to reduce our level of assets or reduce our rate of growth in order to maintain regulatory compliance. Under those circumstances net income and the rate of growth of net income may be adversely affected. Additional issuances of equity securities could have a dilutive effect on existing shareholders.

101



         There can be no assurance that recent legislation and regulatory actions taken by the federal government will help stabilize the financial system in the United States.

        Several pieces of federal legislation have been enacted, and the Treasury, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and other federal agencies have enacted numerous programs, policies and regulations to address the current liquidity and credit crises. These measures include the Emergency Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 ("EESA"), the American Reinvestment and Recovery Act of 2009 ("ARRA"), and the numerous programs, including the Capital Purchase Program, and expanded deposit insurance coverage, enacted thereunder. In addition, the Secretary of the Treasury has proposed fundamental changes to the regulation of financial institutions, markets and products.

        We cannot predict the actual effects of EESA, ARRA, the proposed regulatory reform measures and various governmental, regulatory, monetary and fiscal initiatives which have been and may be enacted on the financial markets, on the Company and Bank. The terms and costs of these activities, or the failure of these actions to help stabilize the financial markets, asset prices, market liquidity and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and the trading prices of our securities.

        We expect to face increased regulation of our industry, including as a result of EESA, ARRA and related initiatives by the federal government. Compliance with such regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

         The Company is subject to additional uncertainties, and potential additional regulatory or compliance burdens, as a result of its participation it the Capital Purchase Program.

        The Company accepted an investment of $38.235 million from the Treasury under the Capital Purcahse Program. The Stock Purchase Agreement executed by the Company (and all other participating institutions) and Treasury, provides that Treasury may unilaterally amend the agreement to the extent required to comply with any changes after the execution in applicable federal statutes. As a result of this provision, the Treasury and Congress may impose additional requirements or restrictions on the Company and the Bank in respect of reporting, compliance, corporate governance, executive or employee compensation, dividend payments, stock repurchases, lending or other business practices, capital requirements or other matters. The Company and Bank may be required to expend additional resources in order to comply with these requirements. Such additional requirements could impair the Company's ability to compete with institutions that are not subject to the restrictions because they did not accept an investment from the Treasury. To the extent that additional restrictions or limitations on employee compensation are imposed, such as those contained in ARRA and the regulations issued in June 2009, the Company and the Bank may be less competitive in attracting and retaining successful incentive compensation based lenders and customer relations personnel, or senior executive officers.

        Additionally, the ability of the Congress to utilize the amendment provisions to effect political or public relations goals could result in the Company and the Bank being subjected to additional burdens as a result of public perceptions of issues relating to the largest banks, and which are not applicable to community oriented institutions such as the Company. The Company may be disadvantaged as a result of these uncertainties.

        As a result of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock to the Treasury, the Company is required to comply with certain restrictions on executive and employee compensation included in EESA, as amended. Certain of these provisions could limit the amount and the tax deductibility of compensation the Company pays to its executive officers, and could have an adverse affect on the ability of the Company to compete for and retain employees and senior executive officers.

102



         Our results of operations, financial condition and the value of our shares may be adversely affected if we are not able to maintain our historical growth rate.

        Since opening for business in 1998, our asset level has increased rapidly, including a 21% increase in 2009. Over the past five fiscal years (2005-2009), our net income has increased at an average annual rate of 15%, with an increase in net income of 40% in 2009. We may not be able to achieve comparable results in future years. As our asset size and earnings increase, it may become more difficult to achieve high rates of increase in assets and earnings. Additionally, it may become more difficult to achieve continued improvements in our expense levels and efficiency ratio. We may not be able to maintain the relatively low levels of nonperforming assets that we have experienced. Declines in the rate of growth of income or assets or deposits, and increases in operating expenses or nonperforming assets may have an adverse impact on the value of the common stock.

         Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.

        FDIC insurance premiums have increased substantially in 2009, and we expect to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future. A large number of bank failures has significantly depleted the deposit insurance fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule on February 27, 2009, which raised deposit insurance premiums. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC also implemented a five basis point special assessment of each insured depository institution's assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 10 basis points times the institution's assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, to be collected on September 30, 2009. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC in the future. In December 2009, the Bank, along with most other insured institutions, was required to prepay three years of deposit insurance premium assessments. We participate in the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program ("TLG"), for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts. Through December 31, 2009, banks that participate in the TLG's noninterest-bearing transaction account guarantee paid the FDIC an annual assessment of 10 basis points on the amounts in such accounts above the amounts covered by FDIC deposit insurance. Through June 30, 2010, the fee to banks participating in the TLG extension is between 15 and 25 basis points, depending on the institution's risk category. The Bank elected to continue to participate in the TLG. If the premiums charged for TLG participation are insufficient to cover the program's losses or expenses, the FDIC may impose an emergency special assessment on all insured institutions. These actions could significantly increase our noninterest expense in 2010 and for the foreseeable future.

         We may not be able to successfully manage continued growth.

        We intend to seek further growth in the level of our assets and deposits and the number of our branches, both within our existing footprint and possibly to expand our footprint in the Maryland and Virginia suburbs, and in Washington, D.C. We may not be able to manage increased levels of assets and liabilities, and an expanded branch system, without increased expenses and higher levels of nonperforming assets. We may be required to make additional investments in equipment and personnel to manage higher asset levels and loan balances and a larger branch network, which may adversely impact earnings, shareholder returns and our efficiency ratio. Increases in operating expenses or nonperforming assets may have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock.

         We may face risks with respect to future expansion or acquisition activity.

        We regularly seek to expand our banking operations through de novo branching or acquisition activities, and expect to continue to explore such opportunities. We cannot be certain that any expansion activity, through de novo branching, acquisition of branches of another financial institution or a whole institution, or acquisition of nonbanking financial service companies, will prove profitable or will increase

103



shareholder value. The success of any acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the estimated cost savings and revenue enhancements from combining the businesses of the Company and the target company. Our ability to realize increases in revenue will depend, in part, on out ability to retain customers and employees, and to capitalize on existing relationships for the provision of additional products and services. If our estimates turn out to be incorrect or we are not able to successfully combine companies, the anticipated cost savings and increased revenues may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company's ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. As with any combination of banking institutions, there also may be disruptions that cause us to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their deposits from our banks. Customers may not readily accept changes to their banking arrangements that we make as part of or following an acquisition. Additionally, the value of an acquisition to the Company is dependent on our ability to successfully identify and estimate the magnitude of, any asset quality issues of acquired companies.

         Our concentrations of loans may create a greater risk of loan defaults and losses.

        A substantial portion of our loans are secured by real estate in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, and substantially all of our loans are to borrowers in that area. We also have a significant amount of real estate construction loans and land related loans for residential and commercial developments. At December 31, 2009, 75.4% of our loans were secured by real estate, primarily commercial real estate. Management believes that the commercial real estate concentration risk is mitigated by diversification among the types and characteristics of real estate collateral properties, sound underwriting practices, and ongoing portfolio monitoring and market analysis. Of these loans, $252.5 million, or 23.9% were construction and land development loans. An additional $326.5 million, or 23.3% of portfolio loans, were commercial and industrial loans which are not secured by real estate. These categories of loans generally have a higher risk of default than other types of loans, such as single family residential mortgage loans. The repayments of these loans often depends on the successful operation of a business or the sale or development of the underlying property and as a result, are more likely to be adversely affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy in general. While we believe that our loan portfolio is well diversified in terms of borrowers and industries, these concentrations expose us to the risk that adverse developments in the real estate market, or in the general economic conditions in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, could increase the levels of nonperforming loans and charge-offs, and reduce loan demand. In that event, we would likely experience lower earnings or losses. Additionally, if, for any reason, economic conditions in our market area deteriorate, or there is significant volatility or weakness in the economy or any significant sector of the area's economy, our ability to develop our business relationships may be diminished, the quality and collectability of our loans may be adversely affected, the value of collateral may decline and loan demand may be reduced. Under guidance from the banking agencies, we may be required to maintain higher levels of capital than we would otherwise be expected to maintain, and to employ greater risk management efforts, as a result of our real estate concentrations.

        Commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans tend to have larger balances than single family mortgages loans and other consumer loans. Because the loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and commercial real estate and construction loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans may cause a significant increase in nonperforming assets. An increase in nonperforming loans could result in: a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, or an increase in loan charge-offs, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

        Further, under guidance adopted by the federal banking regulators, banks which have concentrations in construction, land development or commercial real estate loans (other than loans for majority owner

104



occupied properties) would be expected to maintain higher levels of risk management and, potentially, higher levels of capital. It is possible that we may be required to maintain higher levels of capital than we would otherwise be expected to maintain as a result of our levels of construction, development and commercial real estate loans, which may require us to obtain additional capital sooner than we would otherwise seek it, which may reduce shareholder returns.

        Additionally, through ECV, we provide subordinated financing for the acquisition, development and construction of real estate or other projects, the primary financing for which is provided by the Bank. These subordinated financings and the business of ECV will generally entail a higher risk profile (including lower priority and higher loan to value ratios) than loans made by the Bank. A portion of the amount which the Company expects to receive for such loans will be payments based on the success, sale or completion of the underlying project, and as such the income of the Company may be more volatile from period to period, based on the status of such projects. The Company may not be able to successfully operate or manage the business of providing higher loan to value financing.

         Changes in interest rates and other factors beyond our control could have an adverse impact on our financial performance and results.

        Our operating income and net income depend to a great extent on our net interest margin, i.e., the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest bearing assets and the interest rates we pay on interest bearing deposits and other liabilities. Net interest margin is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board.

        We attempt to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing, and balances of the different types of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, but interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. As a result, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operations. At December 31, 2009, our cumulative net asset sensitive twelve month gap position was 11.5% of total assets, and as such we expect that an increase in projected net interest income and net income over a twelve month period resulting from a 100 basis point increase in rates would be approximately 0.6% and 2.0% respectively. The results of our interest rate sensitivity simulation model depend upon a number of assumptions which may not prove to be accurate. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage our interest rate risk. Increases in market rates and adverse changes in the local residential real estate market, the general economy or consumer confidence would likely have a significant adverse impact on our noninterest income, as a result of reduced demand for residential mortgage loans, which we make on a pre-sold basis.

        Adverse changes in the real estate market in our market area could also have an adverse affect on our cost of funds and net interest margin, as we have a large amount of noninterest bearing deposits related to real estate sales and development. While we expect that we would be able to replace the liquidity provided by these deposits, the replacement funds would likely be more costly, negatively impacting earnings.

        Additionally, changes in applicable law, if enacted, including those that would permit banks to pay interest on checking and demand deposit accounts established by businesses, could have a significant negative effect on net interest income, net income, net interest margin, return on assets and return on equity. At June 30, 2009, 18.5% of our deposits were noninterest bearing demand deposits.

105



         We may not be able to successfully compete with others for business.

        The Washington, D.C. metropolitan statistical area in which we operate is considered highly attractive from an economic and demographic viewpoint, and is a highly competitive banking market. We compete for loans, deposits, and investment dollars with numerous regional and national banks, online divisions of out-of-market banks, and other community banking institutions, as well as other kinds of financial institutions and enterprises, such as securities firms, insurance companies, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers, and private lenders. Many competitors have substantially greater resources than us, and operate under less stringent regulatory environments. The differences in resources and regulations may make it harder for us to compete profitably, reduce the rates that we can earn on loans and investments, increase the rates we must offer on deposits and other funds, and adversely affect our overall financial condition and earnings.

         Government regulation will significantly affect the Bank's business, and may result in higher costs and lower shareholder returns.

        The banking industry is heavily regulated. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect the federal deposit insurance funds and depositors, not shareholders. The Company and Bank are regulated and supervised by the Maryland Department of Financial Regulation, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. The burden imposed by federal and state regulations puts banks at a competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors such as finance companies, mortgage banking companies and leasing companies. Changes in the laws, regulations and regulatory practices affecting the banking industry may increase our costs of doing business or otherwise adversely affect us and create competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and we cannot predict the ultimate effect of these changes, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability or financial condition. Federal economic and monetary policy may also affect our ability to attract deposits and other funding sources, make loans and investments, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

EMPLOYEES

        At December 31, 2009 the Bank employed 235 persons on a full time basis, seven of whom are executive officers of the Bank. None of the Bank's employees are represented by any collective bargaining group, and the Bank believes that its employee relations are good. The Bank provides a benefit program which includes health and dental insurance, a 401k plan, life and long term disability insurance. Additionally, the Company maintains a stock-based compensation plan for employees of the Bank who meet certain eligibility requirements.

106


MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION

        The Bank's main office and the headquarters of the Company and the Bank are located at 7815 Woodmont Avenue, Bethesda, Maryland 20814. The Bank has seven additional Maryland offices, located at 110 North Washington Street, Rockville; 8665 Georgia Avenue, Silver Spring; 850 Sligo Avenue, Silver Spring; 130 Rollins Avenue, Rockville; 9600 Blackwell Road, Rockville; 15 Wisconsin Circle, Chevy Chase; and 12505 Park Potomac Avenue, Potomac. There are five offices in Washington D.C., located at 20th and K Streets, NW; 1044 Wisconsin Ave, NW; 1228 Connecticut Ave, NW; 1725 Eye Street, NW; and 1425 K Street, NW. The Bank has one office in Virginia, located at 8601 Westwood Center Drive, Vienna.

        The primary service area of the Bank is the Washington D.C. metropolitan statistical area. The Washington, D.C. metropolitan statistical area attracts a substantial federal workforce, as well as supporting a variety of support industries such as attorneys, lobbyists, government contractors, real estate developers and investors, non-profit organizations, tourism and consultants.

        Montgomery County, Maryland with a total population of approximately 953,000 (January 2008) and occupying an area of about 500 square miles is located roughly 30 miles southwest of Baltimore and is a diverse and healthy segment of Maryland's economy. Montgomery County is a thriving business center and is Maryland's most populous jurisdiction. Population growth in the county is expected to average 1% per year. While the State of Maryland boasts a demographic profile superior to the U.S. economy at large, the economy in and around Montgomery County is among the very best in Maryland. According to data from the Maryland National Capital Parks and Planning Commission, the number of jobs in the County has been relatively stable in the recent past with the public sector contributing about 18% of the employment. This is due to federal as well as state and local government employment. The unemployment rate in Montgomery County is among the lowest in the state at 5.2% (December 2009), but was elevated as compared to December 2008 (3.9%). A very educated population has contributed to favorable median household income of $94,319 (2008) with the number of households in excess of 356,000 (January 2008) and median single family new and used home sales prices of $450,000 (2008), down from $495,000 (2007). According to the 2005 census update, approximately 64% of the County's residents hold college or advanced degrees with 89% of households having computers, placing Montgomery County among the most educated in the nation. The area boosts a diverse business climate of 33,000 businesses employing over 380,000 workers in addition to a strong federal government presence. Major areas of employment include a substantial technology sector, biotechnology, software development, a housing construction and renovation sector, and a legal, financial services and professional services sector. Major private employers include Lockheed Martin, Adventist Healthcare, Giant Food, and Marriott International. The county is also an incubator for firms engaged in bio-technology and the area has traditionally attracted significant amounts of venture capital. Transportation congestion remains the biggest threat to future economic development and the quality of life in the area.

        Montgomery County is home to many major federal and private sector research and development and regulatory agencies, including the National Institute of Standards and Technology, the National Institutes of Health, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Naval Research and Development Center, Naval Surface Warfare Center, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the Food and Drug Administration and the National Naval Medical Center in Bethesda.

        Washington D.C. in addition to being the seat of the Federal government is a vibrant city with a well educated, diverse population. According to survey estimates from the U.S. Census, the 2009 population of the District of Columbia is approximately 592,000, up from about 572,000 in 2000. Median household income, at $57,936 (2008), is above the national median level. The growth of residents in the city is due partially to improvements in the city' services and also to the many housing options available, ranging from grand old apartment buildings to Federal era town homes to the most modern condominiums. Over the last few years the housing market has grown to over 284,000 units (2007). During 2008 and 2009 the absorption of condominium units in the District has continued at a satisfactory pace. While the Federal

107



government and its employees are a major factor in the economy, over 100 million square feet of commercial office space support a dynamic business community of more than 20,000 companies. These include law and accounting firms, trade and professional associations, information technology companies, international financial institutions, health and education organizations and research and management companies. The vacancy rate for office space in the city at December, 2009 was 10.9%, below the national average of 14.2%. Employment in the city is at about 690,000. According to the area's Department of Employment Services, the District of Columbia lost jobs in the past year, particularly in the construction and retail industries. However it also gained jobs in the professional sectors. The unemployment rate for December 2009 was elevated at 11.9% which mirrored national trends. The disparity between the high level of unemployment among District residents and the strong employment trends is because most of the jobs in the city are held by residents from the surrounding suburban jurisdictions. The District has a well educated and highly paid work force. Over 51% of the jobs in the city are in managerial or professional positions. The Federal Government provides just about 28% of the employment and there is another 21% in professional services firms. Other large employers include the many local universities and hospitals. Another significant factor in the economy is the leisure and hospitality industry.

        Fairfax County, Virginia is a large, affluent jurisdiction with a population of approximately 1,041,000 at the end of 2008. This county of about 395 square miles is located west of Washington, D.C. Fairfax County is one of the leading technology centers in the United States. Twelve of the top 50 federal contractors are headquartered in the county and 23 of the largest 50 technology companies in the Washington metropolitan area are located in Fairfax. The county has over 111 million square feet of office space and is one of the largest suburban office markets in the United States. It is a thriving residential as well as business center with 381,000 households which are expected to grow at about 1% per annum over the next 5 to 10 years. The county is among the most affluent in the country with household income in excess of $105,000 per annum. Total employment was over 587,000 at the end of 2008. The county did experience loss of jobs during 2009, although significant job growth is forecast for both 2010 and 2011. Major companies headquartered in the county, which are also major employers, include Capital One Financial, CSC, Gannett, General Dynamics, Hilton Hotels, SAIC and Sallie Mae. The county is also home to several federal agencies including the CIA, Fort Belvoir and a major facility of the Smithsonian Institution.

        Deregulation of financial institutions and holding company acquisitions of banks across state lines has resulted in widespread, fundamental changes in the financial services industry. This transformation, although occurring nationwide, is particularly intense in the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area because of the changes in the area's economic base in recent years and changing state laws authorizing interstate mergers and acquisitions of banks, and the interstate establishment or acquisition of branches.

        Throughout the Washington D.C. metropolitan area, competition is exceptionally keen from large banking institutions headquartered outside of Maryland. In addition, the Bank competes with other community banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, finance companies and others providing financial services. Among the advantages that many of these large institutions have over the Bank are their abilities to finance extensive advertising campaigns, maintain extensive branch networks and technology investments, and to directly offer certain services, such as international banking and trust services, which are not offered directly by the Bank. Further, the greater capitalization of the larger institutions allows for substantially higher lending limits than the Bank. Certain of these competitors have other advantages, such as tax exemption in the case of credit unions, and lesser regulation in the case of mortgage companies and finance companies.

108


REGULATION

        The Company.    The Company is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, (the "Act") and is subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. As a bank holding company, the Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such other additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Act. The Federal Reserve Board may also make examinations of the Company and each of its subsidiaries.

        The Act requires approval of the Federal Reserve Board for, among other things, the acquisition by a proposed bank holding company of control of more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares, or substantially all the assets, of any bank or the merger or consolidation by a bank holding company with another bank holding company. The Act also generally permits the acquisition by a bank holding company of control or substantially all the assets of any bank located in a state other than the home state of the bank holding company, except where the bank has not been in existence for the minimum period of time required by state law; but if the bank is at least 5 years old, the Federal Reserve Board may approve the acquisition.

        With certain limited exceptions, a bank holding company is prohibited from acquiring control of any voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in any activity other than banking or managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing service for its authorized subsidiaries. A bank holding company may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in, a company that engages in activities which the Federal Reserve Board has determined by order or regulation to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto. In making such a determination, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider whether the performance of such activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as convenience, increased competition or gains in efficiency, which outweigh possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board is also empowered to differentiate between activities commenced de novo and activities commenced by the acquisition, in whole or in part, of a going concern. Some of the activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking include making or servicing loans, performing certain data processing services, acting as a fiduciary or investment or financial advisor, and making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare.

        Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on any extensions of credit to the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries, or investments in the stock or other securities thereof, and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Further, a holding company and any subsidiary bank are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with the extension of credit. A subsidiary bank may not extend credit, lease or sell property, or furnish any services, or fix or vary the consideration for any of the foregoing on the condition that: (i) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property or services from or to such bank other than a loan, discount, deposit or trust service; (ii) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property or service from or to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) the customer not obtain some other credit, property or service from competitors, except for reasonable requirements to assure the soundness of credit extended.

        Effective on March 11, 2000, the Gramm Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the "GLB Act") allows a bank holding company or other company to certify status as a financial holding company, which allows such company to engage in activities that are financial in nature, that are incidental to such activities, or are complementary to such activities. The GLB Act enumerates certain activities that are deemed financial in nature, such as underwriting insurance or acting as an insurance principal, agent or broker, underwriting, dealing in or making markets in securities, and engaging in merchant banking under certain restrictions. It also authorizes the Federal Reserve Board to determine by regulation what other activities are financial in nature, or incidental or complementary thereto. The GLB Act allows a wider array of companies to own

109



banks, which could result in companies with resources substantially in excess of the Company's entering into competition with the Company and the Bank.

        The Bank.    The Bank, as a Maryland chartered commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System (a "state member bank") and whose accounts will be insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC up to the maximum legal limits of the FDIC, is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Maryland Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve Board. The regulations of these various agencies govern most aspects of the Bank's business, including required reserves against deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowing, dividends and location and number of branch offices.

        The laws and regulations governing the Bank generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and the deposit insurance funds, and not for the purpose of protecting stockholders.

        Competition among commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions has increased following enactment of legislation which greatly expanded the ability of banks and bank holding companies to engage in interstate banking or acquisition activities. As a result of federal and state legislation, banks in the Washington D.C./Maryland/Virginia area can, subject to limited restrictions, acquire or merge with a bank in another of the jurisdictions, and can branch de novo in any of the jurisdictions. Additionally, legislation has been proposed which may result in non-banking companies being authorized to own banks, which could result in companies with resources substantially in excess of the Company's entering into competition with the Company and the Bank.

        Banking is a business which depends on interest rate differentials. In general, the differences between the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings and the interest received by a bank on loans extended to its customers and securities held in its investment portfolio constitute the major portion of the bank's earnings. Thus, the earnings and growth of the Bank will be subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money through various means including open market dealings in United States government securities. The nature and timing of changes in such policies and their impact on the Bank cannot be predicted.

        Branching and Interstate Banking.    The federal banking agencies are authorized to approve interstate bank merger transactions without regard to whether such transaction is prohibited by the law of any state, unless the home state of one of the banks has opted out of the interstate bank merger provisions of the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Riegle-Neal Act") by adopting a law after the date of enactment of the Riegle-Neal Act and prior to June 1, 1997 which applies equally to all out-of-state banks and expressly prohibits merger transactions involving out-of-state banks. Interstate acquisitions of branches are permitted only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits such acquisitions. Such interstate bank mergers and branch acquisitions are also subject to the nationwide and statewide insured deposit concentration limitations described in the Riegle-Neal Act.

        The Riegle-Neal Act authorizes the federal banking agencies to approve interstate branching de novo by national and state banks in states which specifically allow for such branching. The District of Columbia, Maryland and Virginia have all enacted laws which permit interstate acquisitions of banks and bank branches and permit out-of-state banks to establish de novo branches.

        The GLB Act made substantial changes in the historic restrictions on non-bank activities of bank holding companies, and allows affiliations between types of companies that were previously prohibited. The GLB Act also allows banks to engage in a wider array of non banking activities through "financial subsidiaries."

        USA Patriot Act.    Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act, commonly referred to as the "USA Patriot Act" or the "Patriot Act," financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and

110



account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence standards intended to detect, and prevent, the use of the United States financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Patriot Act requires financial institutions, including banks, to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements, meet minimum standards specified by the act, follow minimum standards for customer identification and maintenance of customer identification records, and regularly compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations and money launderers. The costs or other effects of the compliance burdens imposed by the Patriot Act or future anti-terrorist, homeland security or anti-money laundering legislation or regulation cannot be predicted with certainty.

        Capital Adequacy Guidelines.    The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk based capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which they assess the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising banks and bank holding companies and in analyzing bank regulatory applications. Risk-based capital requirements determine the adequacy of capital based on the risk inherent in various classes of assets and off-balance sheet items.

        State member banks are expected to meet a minimum ratio of total qualifying capital (the sum of core capital (Tier 1) and supplementary capital (Tier 2) to risk weighted assets of 8%. At least half of this amount (4%) should be in the form of core capital.

        Tier 1 Capital generally consists of the sum of common stockholders' equity and perpetual preferred stock (subject in the case of the latter to limitations on the kind and amount of such stock which may be included as Tier 1 Capital), less goodwill, without adjustment for changes in the market value of securities classified as "available for sale," together with a limited amount of other qualifying interests, including trust preferred securities. The cumulative perpetual stock issued to the Treasury pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program is eligible for treatment as Tier 1 capital without limitation. Tier 2 Capital consists of the following: hybrid capital instruments; perpetual preferred stock which is not otherwise eligible to be included as Tier 1 Capital; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock; and, subject to limitations, general allowances for loan losses and excess restricted core capital elements. Assets are adjusted under the risk-based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics, with the categories ranging from 0% (requiring no risk-based capital) for assets such as cash, to 100% for the bulk of assets which are typically held by a bank holding company, including certain multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans. Residential first mortgage loans on one to four family residential real estate and certain seasoned multi-family residential real estate loans, which are not 90 days or more past-due or nonperforming and which have been made in accordance with prudent underwriting standards are assigned a 50% level in the risk-weighing system, as are certain privately-issued mortgage-backed securities representing indirect ownership of such loans. Off-balance sheet items also are adjusted to take into account certain risk characteristics. Under guidance adopted by the federal banking regulators, banks which have concentrations in construction, land development or commercial real estate loans (other than loans for majority owner occupied properties) would be expected to maintain higher levels of risk management and, potentially, higher levels of capital.

        In addition to the risk-based capital requirements, the Federal Reserve Board has established a minimum 3.0% Leverage Capital Ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted assets) requirement for the most highly-rated banks, with an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points for all other banks, which effectively increases the minimum Leverage Capital Ratio for such other banks to 4.0%–5.0% or more. The highest-rated banks are those that are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and have well diversified risk, including no undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings and, in general, those which are considered a strong banking organization. A bank having less than the minimum Leverage Capital Ratio requirement shall, within 60 days of the date as of which it fails to comply with such requirement, submit a reasonable plan describing the means and timing by which the bank shall achieve its minimum Leverage Capital Ratio requirement. A bank which fails to file such plan is deemed to be operating in an unsafe and unsound manner, and could subject the bank to a

111



cease-and-desist order. Any insured depository institution with a Leverage Capital Ratio that is less than 2.0% is deemed to be operating in an unsafe or unsound condition pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA") and is subject to potential termination of deposit insurance. However, such an institution will not be subject to an enforcement proceeding solely on account of its capital ratios, if it has entered into and is in compliance with a written agreement to increase its Leverage Capital Ratio and to take such other action as may be necessary for the institution to be operated in a safe and sound manner. The capital regulations also provide, among other things, for the issuance of a capital directive, which is a final order issued to a bank that fails to maintain minimum capital or to restore its capital to the minimum capital requirement within a specified time period. Such directive is enforceable in the same manner as a final cease-and-desist order.

        Prompt Corrective Action.    Under Section 38 of the FDIA, each federal banking agency is required to implement a system of prompt corrective action for institutions which it regulates. The federal banking agencies have promulgated substantially similar regulations to implement the system of prompt corrective action established by Section 38 of the FDIA. Under the regulations, a bank shall be deemed to be: (i) "well capitalized" if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or more, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio of 6.0% or more, a Leverage Capital Ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) "adequately capitalized" if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized;" (iii) "undercapitalized" if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Risk based Capital Ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Leverage Capital Ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Leverage Capital Ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (v) "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

        An institution generally must file a written capital restoration plan which meets specified requirements with an appropriate federal banking agency within 45 days of the date the institution receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. A federal banking agency must provide the institution with written notice of approval or disapproval within 60 days after receiving a capital restoration plan, subject to extensions by the applicable agency.

        An institution which is required to submit a capital restoration plan must concurrently submit a performance guaranty by each company that controls the institution. Such guaranty shall be limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the institution's total assets at the time the institution was notified or deemed to have notice that it was undercapitalized or (ii) the amount necessary at such time to restore the relevant capital measures of the institution to the levels required for the institution to be classified as adequately capitalized. Such a guaranty shall expire after the federal banking agency notifies the institution that it has remained adequately capitalized for each of four consecutive calendar quarters. An institution which fails to submit a written capital restoration plan within the requisite period, including any required performance guaranty, or fails in any material respect to implement a capital restoration plan, shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 38 of the FDIA which are applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions.

        A "critically undercapitalized institution" is to be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90 days unless the FDIC formally determines that forbearance from such action would better protect the deposit insurance fund. Unless the FDIC or other appropriate federal banking regulatory agency makes specific further findings and certifies that the institution is viable and is not expected to fail, an institution that remains critically undercapitalized on average during the fourth calendar quarter after the date it becomes critically undercapitalized must be placed in receivership. The general rule is that the FDIC will be appointed as receiver within 90 days after a bank becomes critically undercapitalized unless extremely

112



good cause is shown and an extension is agreed to by the federal regulators. In general, good cause is defined as capital which has been raised and is imminently available for infusion into the Bank except for certain technical requirements which may delay the infusion for a period of time beyond the 90 day time period.

        Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, an institution shall become subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA, which (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution's assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: requiring the institution to raise additional capital; restricting transactions with affiliates; requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions.

        Additionally, under Section 11(c)(5) of the FDIA, a conservator or receiver may be appointed for an institution where: (i) an institution's obligations exceed its assets; (ii) there is substantial dissipation of the institution's assets or earnings as a result of any violation of law or any unsafe or unsound practice; (iii) the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition; (iv) there is a willful violation of a cease-and-desist order; (v) the institution is unable to pay its obligations in the ordinary course of business; (vi) losses or threatened losses deplete all or substantially all of an institution's capital, and there is no reasonable prospect of becoming "adequately capitalized" without assistance; (vii) there is any violation of law or unsafe or unsound practice or condition that is likely to cause insolvency or substantial dissipation of assets or earnings, weaken the institution's condition, or otherwise seriously prejudice the interests of depositors or the insurance fund; (viii) an institution ceases to be insured; (ix) the institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect that it will become adequately capitalized, fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so, or fails to submit or materially implement a capital restoration plan; or (x) the institution is critically undercapitalized or otherwise has substantially insufficient capital.

        Regulatory Enforcement Authority.    Federal banking law grants substantial enforcement powers to federal banking regulators. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

        As a result of the volatility and instability in the financial system during 2008 and 2009, the Congress, the bank regulatory authorities and other government agencies have called for or proposed additional regulation and restrictions on the activities, practices and operations of banks and their holding companies. While many of these proposals relate to institutions that have accepted investments from, or sold troubled assets to, the Department of the Treasury or other government agencies, or otherwise participate in government programs intended to promote financial stabilization, the Congress and the federal banking agencies have broad authority to require all banks and holding companies to adhere to more rigorous or costly operating procedures, corporate governance procedures, or to engage in activities or practices which they would not otherwise elect. Any such requirement could adversely affect the Company's business and results of operations.

113


        FDIC Insurance Premiums.    The FDIC maintains a risk-based assessment system for determining deposit insurance premiums. Four risk categories (I-IV), each subject to different premium rates, are established, based upon an institution's status as well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized, and the institution's supervisory rating. During 2008, all insured depository institutions paid deposit insurance premiums ranging between 5 and 7 basis points on an institution's assessment base for institutions in risk category I (well capitalized institutions perceived as posing the least risk to the insurance fund), and 10, 28 and 40 basis points for institutions in risk categories II, III and IV. The levels of rates are subject to periodic adjustment by the FDIC. Depository institutions will also pay premiums for the increased coverage provided by the FDIC.

        Commencing in 2009, the premium rates increased by 7 basis points in each category for the first quarter of 2009. For the second quarter of 2009 and beyond, the FDIC established further changes in rates, and introduced three adjustments that can be made to an institution's initial base assessment rate: (1) a potential decrease for long-term unsecured debt, including senior and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (2) a potential increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount; and (3) for non-Risk Category I institutions, a potential increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount. The schedule for base assessment rates and potential adjustment is set forth in the following table. During 2010, there has been discussion of increasing, or eliminating, the statutory cap on the level of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which may result in continuing premium obligations even after the fund is recapitalized.

 
  Risk
Category I
  Risk
Category II
  Risk
Category III
  Risk
Category IV
 

Initial Base Assessment Rate

    12–16     22     32     45  

Unsecured Debt Adjustment (added)

    (5) to 0     (5) to 0     (5) to 0     (5) to 0  

Secured Liability Adjustment (added)

    0 to 8     0 to 11     0 to 16     0 to 22.5  

Brokered Deposit Adjustment (added)

    N/A     0 to 10     0 to 10     0 to 10  

Total Base Assessment Rate

    7 to 24.0     17 to 43.0     27 to 58.0     43 to 77.5  

        The FDIC imposed a special assessment of 5 basis points on each insured depository institution's assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 10 basis points times the institution's assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, which was collected on September 30, 2009. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC in the future.

        Additionally, the Bank has elected to participate in the FDIC program whereby noninterest bearing transaction account deposits will be insured without limitation through June 30, 2010. Until December 31, 2009, the Bank was required to pay an additional premium to the FDIC of 10 basis points on the amount of balances in noninterest bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000. During 2010, the fee will be 15 to 25 basis points, depending on the institution's risk category.

PROPERTIES

        The main banking office and the executive offices for the Bank and the Company are located at 7815 Woodmont Avenue, Bethesda, Maryland, in a 12,000 square foot, two story masonry structure (plus lower level), with parking. The Company leases the building under a five year lease option which expires in March 2013. The Silver Spring office of the Bank is located at 8665-B Georgia Avenue, Silver Spring, Maryland and consists of 3,635 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a lease, which expires in June 2016. The Rockville office is located at 110 North Washington Street, Rockville, Maryland, and consists of 2,000 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a five year lease option which expires in June 2013. The Shady Grove office is located at 9600 Blackwell Road, Suite 200, Rockville, Maryland, and consists of 2,326 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in January 2012. The K Street office is located at 2001 K Street N.W., Washington, D.C. and consists of 4,154 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in

114



January 2011. The DuPont Circle office is located at 1228 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. and consists of 2,784 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in May 2014. The McPherson Square office is located at 1425 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. and consists of 5,199 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in January 2015. The Chevy Chase office is located at 15 Wisconsin Circle, Chevy Chase, Maryland and consists of 4,276 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in May 2016. The Rollins Avenue office is located at 130 Rollins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland and consists of 2,851 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in June 2017. The Eye Street office is located at 1725 Eye Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. and consists of 6,500 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in October 2015. The Tysons Corner office is located at 8601 Westwood Center Drive, Vienna, Virginia and consists of 4,688 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in October 2016. The Georgetown office is located at 1044 Wisconsin Avenue N.W, Washington, D.C. and consists of 2,700 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in January 2016. The Potomac office is located at 12505 Park Potomac Avenue, Potomac, Maryland, and consists of 4,347 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in September 30, 2019.

        In January 2002, the Company occupied an office facility in Bethesda at 7768 Woodmont Avenue under a ten year lease which expires in December 2011. Additional contiguous space at this location has been leased and was incorporated into the existing lease. The current space consists of 7,906 square feet. This facility is currently under three sub-lease arrangements which run concurrent to the lease expiration in December 2011.

        In June 2003, the Company occupied an additional office facility in Bethesda at 7819 Norfolk Avenue, consisting of 2,820 square feet under a ten year lease with options which expires in May 2013. This facility is currently under a sub-lease arrangement which runs concurrent to the lease expiration in May 2013.

        In April 2004, the Company occupied an operations center at 11961 Tech Road, Silver Spring, Maryland, consisting of 9,172 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a seven year lease with options which expires in December 2010. In February 2008, the Company leased additional space amounting to approximately 2,000 square feet at this facility with terms that are co-terminus with the existing lease.

        In November 2006, the Company entered into a lease for additional office space at 7830 Old Georgetown Road, Bethesda, Maryland, consisting of 14,778 square feet under a ten year lease which expires in December 2016. The Company completed a fit-up of the space for lending and administrative personnel and commenced occupancy in February 2007. In October 2008, the Company leased approximately 1,115 additional square feet at this facility for a term which is co-terminus with the existing lease.

        In April 2008, the Bank entered into a lease for a new branch office and additional office space in the business district of Washington, D.C. The initial lease term is 10 years and the minimum lease obligation is approximately $2.8 million. The lease commencement is dependent on the completion of development activity which is still to be commenced.

        In May 2009, the Company expanded its executive offices for the Bank and the Company by leasing approximately 7,400 square feet in a mix use building adjacent to its headquarters building in Bethesda, Maryland at 7809 Woodmont Avenue. The minimum lease commitment is approximately $3.0 million. The property is currently occupied under a lease, which expires in September 30, 2015.

        In November 2009, the Bank entered into a lease for a new branch office in Potomac, Maryland. The initial lease term is 10 years and the minimum lease obligation is approximately $3.7 million.

115


        In June 2009, the Bank negotiated a buyout to its lease at 4831 Cordell Avenue, Bethesda, Maryland consisting of 5,855 square feet. The closing of the branch was part of the integration plan related to the acquisition of Fidelity.

        The Company has the following facilities which leases expire in the near future and which will be vacated at that time. The 1720 Eye Street N.W., Washington, D.C. location consists of 4,000 square feet. The property lease expires in June 2010. The 1629 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. location consists of 3,094 square feet. The property lease expires in July 2010.

        The Bank's Sligo Avenue office is located at 850 Sligo Avenue, Suite 100, Silver Spring, Maryland and consists of 3,311 square feet. The property is currently occupied under a ten year lease, which expires in July 2016. Required notice has been given to close this branch effective April 30, 2010. Management is currently negotiating the lease termination with the landlord.

116


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Disclosure and Analysis

        The Company is committed to responsible compensation practices and strives to balance sound risk management and the need to compensate its employees competitively for proven performance. In this discussion and analysis, we describe how the Company has compensated our named executives to both comply with restrictions under regulations adopted by the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury") applicable to companies participating in programs under the Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP"), and to reward them given our strong performance in 2009. We also have added some important protections for shareholders and other stakeholders that will likely stay in place even after we have repaid TARP. These actions include designating a senior risk officer to review all incentive compensation plans, formalizing a luxury expenditure policy and adding clawback provisions to our incentive compensation plans. If 2009 performance is found to be based on materially inaccurate performance criteria, incentive compensation for 2009 will be forfeited and/or recovered.

        Later in this proxy statement under the heading "Executive Compensation Tables," you will find a series of tables containing specific information about the compensation earned or paid in 2009 to Mr. Paul, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Mr. Langmead, the Chief Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers of the Company (including officers of the Bank) who received total compensation of $100,000 or more during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, referred to as our "named executive officers" or "named executives."

        Impact of Participation in Capital Purchase Program.    On December 5, 2008, the Company sold a series of its preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock to the Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program established under TARP (the "CPP"). As a result of its participation in the CPP, the Company became subject to the executive compensation requirements of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"). In connection with the Company's participation in the CPP, on December 5, 2008, the Company's seven senior executives, including our named executive officers, executed waivers consenting to the restrictions and limitations required by the EESA.

        On February 17, 2009, the President of the United States signed into law the American Reinvestment and Recovery Act of 2009 ("ARRA"). The ARRA amended, among other things, the EESA by directing the Treasury to issue regulations implementing additional restrictions and limitations on executive compensation paid or accrued by participants in the CPP. The restrictions and limitations of the EESA, as amended, were implemented by interim final rules setting forth the standards on corporate governance and executive compensation, published by the Treasury and effective on June 15, 2009, as updated by subsequently issued technical corrections and guidance (collectively, the "TARP Restrictions"). The TARP Restrictions, which are applicable during any period while the Company still has financial assistance under the CPP outstanding, include:

117


        The TARP Restrictions have necessarily impacted our compensation practices, as noted in the following discussion. We believe that the Company has fully complied with the TARP Restrictions in connection with its 2009 compensation.

        Compensation Objectives.    The primary objectives of the Board of Directors with respect to executive compensation is to tie annual and long-term cash and stock incentives to the achievement of measurable Company and individual performance objectives, thereby aligning the named executive's incentive with maintaining and increasing shareholder value. We attempt to achieve these objectives through "pay for performance" compensation policies and programs that put a significant portion of our named executives officers' overall compensation at risk. Potentially 10% to 35% of total compensation (at target levels) is intended to be in the form of cash bonuses and equity compensation awards in order to focus executives on both short and long term financial performance. We also recognize that ours is a highly competitive market for executive officers, and that we compete for personnel against local community banks and against national, regional and local institutions that operate in the entire metropolitan Washington D.C. area, and in surrounding markets. We did not provide our named executives with cash bonuses or incentive payments for 2009, and complied with the TARP Restrictions. We have sought, instead, to provide all of our named executives with equivalent value in the form of "long-term restricted stock" which is compliant with the TARP Restrictions.

        Compensation Philosophy.    Our compensation philosophy is to reward our executives with total compensation at or above market commensurate with our performance. In 2009 we changed our compensation philosophy to target base salaries for named executives at the market median (50th percentile). This was a reduction from our previous philosophy to pay base salaries at the 75th percentile of our peer group due to our competitive market in the DC area. Our goal under our current philosophy is to provide meaningful incentives through pay for performance programs that pay at the market median for budgeted performance and at the 75th percentile or higher when performance expectations are exceeded. Since we are a participant in the CPP, we are limited in our compensation mix and realize that this may impact our current pay for performance strategy for some of our named executives.

        The Role of Consultants.    In 2008, the Company's Compensation Committee (in this discussion, the "Committee") retained Amalfi to assist the Committee with a competitive analysis of executive compensation in connection with the determination of compensation levels for 2009. During 2009, the Committee retained Blanchard Chase following the relocation of the consultants with whom the Committee had worked to that firm. The Committee engaged Blanchard Chase in the fourth quarter of 2009, to assist with a competitive analysis of executive compensation. Both Amalfi and Blanchard Chase

118



reported directly to the Committee and did not provide any non-compensation related services or products to the Committee or the Bank. Consultants have provided the Committee with annual updates on market competitive pay for executives and directors since 2006. We further discuss our peer group and benchmarking process later in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. In addition to benchmark analysis, Blanchard Chase has assisted the Bank with the executive annual and long-term incentive programs, and provided the Committee guidance on, and compliance with, the TARP Restrictions.

        The Role of Management.    Input from the Chief Executive Officer is considered by the Committee and the Bank Compensation Committee regarding the criteria to be used to determine base salary, bonuses and other benefits for named executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer. Although input from the Chief Executive Officer is considered by the Committee, the Committee exercises final authority on compensation matters for all named executive officers. The Chief Executive Officer is not present at Committee meetings during discussion and deliberations regarding his own compensation.

        Compensation Components.    The key components of our 2009 executive compensation program for all named executive officers consist of a base salary, performance-based compensation plans, including our Senior Executive Incentive Plan, a performance-based cash bonus plan, a long-term equity based compensation plan, and a 401(k) Plan. We do not have any nonqualified deferred compensation or supplemental executive benefits in place for our executives.

        Base Salary.    The Board of Directors believes that base salary for named executive officers should be targeted at market competitive levels. Base salaries are reviewed annually and adjusted from time to time, based on our review of market data and assessment of Company and individual executive performance. With the exception of Ms. Riel, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, none of our named executives received base salary increases in 2009 due to market conditions. During 2009, we reorganized our reporting structure and responsibilities of our senior management team, as a result of which Ms. Riel was promoted mid-year and her salary was increased 13.37% to reflect her increased responsibility, the new reporting structure and the fact that her base salary was below the market median as shown by the market study performed in 2008. In 2009, the following base salary increases were provided for the named executive officers.

Name
  Title   2008 Base   2009 Base   Increase  
Ronald D. Paul   President and Chief Executive Officer   $ 350,000   $ 350,000      
Martha Foulon-Tonat   EVP—Chief Lending Officer   $ 243,100   $ 243,100      
James H. Langmead   EVP—Chief Financial Officer   $ 243,100   $ 243,100      
Thomas D. Murphy   President—Retail Banking   $ 243,100   $ 243,100      
Susan G. Riel   Senior EVP—Chief Operating Officer of Bank   $ 243,100   $ 275,600     13.37 %

        The Compensation Committee has approved base salary increases for 2010 based on the Bank's performance for 2009. Please refer to "Executive Compensation Tables—Employment Agreements" below for additional information on current salaries.

        Senior Executive Incentive Plan.    The Senior Executive Incentive Plan was established to reward our executives for achieving predefined performance goals. In 2009, all named executive officers participated in the Senior Executive Incentive Plan. Under the plan, an executive is eligible to earn a percentage of his or her base salary based on achievement of Company and individual performance objectives.

        During 2009, participating executives could earn target incentives ranging from 10% to 35% of their base salary. As noted below in the discussion of our peer group, our performance in 2009 was strong. Many of our financials were in the 80th—90th percentiles of our peers. As a result of our performance, we hit our target level for net income under the Senior Executive Incentive Plan, and at least threshold levels for a number of the specific measurement criteria. Accordingly the Committee approved annual incentive payouts that were, except for Mr. Paul, slightly below target performance levels for the named executives

119



as shown in the table below. Mr. Paul earned an incentive award equal to approximately 49% of base salary, reflecting the Company meeting target goals for net income and efficiency ratio, as adjusted, and his significantly exceeding his personal performance goals, resulting in a maximum award for that metric, which constituted 35% of his incentive payment potential.

Name
  Title   2009 Annual
Incentive
Target Award
  Maximum
Annual Award
  Actual
2009 Payout
 

Ronald D. Paul

  President and Chief Executive Officer     35 %   70 %   49.6 %

Martha Foulon-Tonat

  EVP—Chief Lending Officer     25 %   40 %   19.4 %

James H. Langmead

  EVP—Chief Financial Officer     10 %   15 %   8.7 %

Thomas D. Murphy

  President—Retail Banking     20 %   30 %   14.0 %

Susan G. Riel

  Senior EVP—Chief Operating Officer of the Bank     20 %   40 %   17.2 %

        In order for the named executive to receive any portion of the potential aggregate incentive payout, the Company must maintain satisfactory regulatory ratings and reviews. Additionally, no amounts are payable if the Company does not achieve at least 80% of the consolidated net income goal. Then, component portions of the aggregate potential payment may be earned, based upon the degree of achievement of designated performance targets for the other metrics described below. The measures to which each named executive's award is subject may vary depending on the executive's area of responsibility. Each component portion of the potential incentive payment is subject to payment only if the threshold is met or exceeded in total, with no provision for partial or graduated payments for below threshold performance levels. We pay, however, on a pro rata basis for actual performance results that fall between threshold, target and maximum levels. The actual amount which an individual named executive officer may receive may therefore be equal to or below the amount or percentage indicated in the table above.

        For 2009, we expanded the number of performance metrics used to gauge Company performance, and to which a portion of each named executive's compensation under the Senior Executive Officer Plan is tied. The following table indicates the relative weight of Company—wide and personal performance goals for each named executive officer.

Weighting of Performance Criteria by Officer

Name
  Company-Wide
Performance
  Personal Performance
or Compensation
Committee Discretion
 

Ronald D. Paul

    65 %   35 %

Martha Foulon-Tonat

    80 %   20 %

James H. Langmead

    80 %   20 %

Thomas D. Murphy

    80 %   20 %

Susan G. Riel

    80 %   20 %

        The table below reflects the percentage weighting of each metric applicable to each of the named executives. For example, 50% of Mr. Paul's target incentive payment of 35% of base salary is contingent on meeting the designated net operating income target. If the target is met, but not exceeded by an amount sufficient to reach the maximum payout, he would receive 17.5% of salary in respect of that component. The target level of the same factor may be different for different named executives. Other performance metrics, not described below, are applicable to senior executives who are not named executive officers.

        The Board of Directors reserves the right to grant a discretionary bonus in addition to the performance related incentive payment, or to award all or a portion of the aggregate potential incentive payment where the targets are not met, based upon extenuating factors. The Committee reserves the right

120



to adjust the actual results for any metric to reflect extraordinary, unbudgeted or nonrecurring items or expenses which inappropriately affect, positively or negatively, a participant's incentive payment opportunity. During 2009, the Committee adjusted net income and efficiency ratio targets for extraordinary expenses and losses in inactive subsidiaries. In 2009, we achieved at least 80% of the net income target and achieved at least threshold performance in 13 of the 15 Company wide metrics listed below, therefore amounts paid to named executive officers pursuant to the Senior Executive Incentive Plan for 2009 performance ranged from approximately 8% to 49% of base salary.

2009 Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan Metrics and Weighting

 
  Chief
Executive
Officer
  Chief
Lending
Officer
  Chief
Financial
Officer
  President—
Retail
Banking
  Chief
Operating
Officer
 

Net operating income/Earnings per share

    50 %   12 %   16 %   12 %   12 %

Efficiency ratio

    15 %       16 %       16 %

Net interest margin

            12 %        

Total loan growth

        16 %            

Quarterly average of non-performing assets

        16 %            

Demand deposit/Total deposits

                16 %    

Money market deposits/Total deposits

                16 %    

Lender generated core deposit growth

        12 %            

Average rate on interest bearing deposits

            12 %   8 %    

Average interest rate on investments

            8 %        

Average interest rate on loans

        12 %            

Percentage growth in non-interest loan income—2009 over 2008

        12 %            

Percentage growth in service charge income—2009 over 2008

                16 %   16 %

Maximum % increase in salary/benefit expense—2009 over 2008

                8 %   20 %

Maximum % increase in other expenses—2009 over 2008

            16 %   4 %   16 %

Personal performance/Discretionary

    35 %   20 %   20 %   20 %   20 %

        The target level for the efficiency ratio was 62.77%; for net interest margin was 3.62%; and for interest on investments was 4.55%. The target level for net operating income/earnings per share was $11.2 million/$0.70 per common share. The target level for growth in non-interest loan income was 25.61%; and for non-interest service charge income was 57.64%. The target level for the maximum increase in salary and benefit expense was 19.2%; and for the maximum increase in other expenses was 28.0%. The target levels for loan related and deposit growth related metrics are not disclosed in order to prevent competitive harm to the Company. Target levels for all metrics are based upon the Company's budget goals, which are established by determining the expected financial position and results of operations of the Company at the end of the budget year, in light of the available resources of the Company, market conditions, anticipated interest rates, competitive factors and other anticipated economic and financial conditions, and adjusting the budgeted results of operation, deposit and loan totals and performance ratios to reflect improvement. The Committee and Board of Directors considers these goals aggressive in regards to expected performance and industry standards, particularly in light of the difficult economic climate during 2009. The establishment of budget goals and performance targets for compensation plan purposes in one year, and the changes in such goals and targets from year to year, is not intended to provide any guidance or indication as to operating performance or results in any future period, and readers should not extrapolate past goals to predict future performance goals or targets.

121


        The incentives earned under the Senior Executive Incentive Plan for 2009 performance were paid in long-term restricted stock compliant with the TARP Restrictions. At a minimum, compliant "long-term restricted stock" must have a minimum period of two years from grant during which it remains forfeitable if the recipient is no longer performing substantial services, other than as a result of death or disability, and may not become transferable prior to repayment of TARP assistance in full, or in increments of 25% of the original amount of TARP assistance. The value of permitted bonus awards of long-term restricted stock may not exceed one-third of an employee's total compensation for the year.

        Equity Compensation.    We believe that our long-term interests are best advanced by aligning the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our shareholders. Accordingly, subject to compliance with the provisions of the TARP Restrictions which limit our ability to grant options and other incentive awards, we may award stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARS") and restricted stock to our executive officers pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan, which was adopted by our shareholders in 2006.

        2009 Equity Grants.    In 2009, the Committee awarded stock options to the named executives which took into consideration the Company's 2008 performance. In addition, the Board approved an additional one time equity award in the form of incentive stock options to named executives to reward them for their role in the acquisition of Fidelity, which took place in 2008. The options awarded were based on the overall performance of the individual executive and the role the individual executive played in the acquisition, the time devoted to the acquisition, and the day to day responsibilities the executive had during this period in addition to the acquisition. The total economic value of these one-time awards to the named executives ranged from $10,000 to $100,000 based on each executive's involvement and time commitment to merger related issues. Prior to 2010, Mr. Paul had declined any increase in his base salary since 2006, but had received stock options and/or restricted stock in order to tie his potential compensation to increases in shareholder value as reflected in the stock price. In 2009 he received an award of restricted stock and stock options. These awards have a five year ratable vesting schedule. These awards were made prior to final TARP Restrictions were released by the Treasury on June 15, 2009.

        The table below shows the equity awards granted to named executives in 2009 based on 2008 performance.

Equity Grants in 2009
  Stock Options   Restricted Stock  

Ronald D. Paul

    51,737     30,763  

Martha Foulon-Tonat

    21,200      

James H. Langmead

    20,200      

Thomas D. Murphy

    9,400      

Susan G. Riel

    32,000      

All executive officers as group (7 persons)

    180,337     30,763  

        2010 Equity Grants.    During the period while we have assistance under the CPP outstanding, equity awards must be made in the form of long-term restricted stock for those named executives that are one of the five highest compensated employees. Based on 2009 performance, the Committee approved discretionary awards of long-term restricted stock for the named executive officers in January 2010. The fair value of these grants ranged from 15% to 20% of the named executive's base salary, other than for Mr. Paul, who received only a minimal grant of approximately 1% of total compensation, in order to comply with the TARP Restrictions. The shares of long-term restricted stock granted in 2010 which reflect amounts earned under the Senior Executive Incentive Plan are not vested or transferable prior to the redemption in full of the Company's CPP preferred stock, or a minimum period of two years from grant, whichever is later. The portion reflecting the value of discretionary cash bonuses and/or option grants vest over five years, 60% on the second anniversary of the date of grant, and 20% on the third and fourth anniversaries, provided that no amount shall vest prior to the redemption in full of the Company's CPP preferred stock.

122


        Timing and Pricing of Equity Awards.    Equity compensation awards for named executive officers and employees are generally approved in January or early February of each year. Awards may be made periodically for new hires during the year. Awards are based on a number of criteria including the Bank's performance, the relative rank of the employee within the Company and his or her specific contributions to the success of the Company.

        The grant date is established when the Committee approves the grant and all key terms have been established and communicated to award recipients. We set the exercise price for our stock options as the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date. Our equity award process is independent of any consideration of the timing of the release of material nonpublic information, including with respect to the determination of grant dates or stock option exercise prices. Similarly, we expect that the release of material nonpublic information will not be timed with the purpose or intent to affect the value of executive compensation.

        Peer Groups & Benchmarking.    In the fourth quarter of 2009, Blanchard Chase was engaged to provide an updated market analysis on executive compensation level. Blanchard Chase utilized 2009 proxy data for a peer group of 17 publicly traded banks, the selection of which was based upon similarities in asset size, markets and region. We use this as our primary peer group for compensation comparisons. Proxies filed in 2009 reflected compensation earned in 2008. The study used a 4% annual aging factor. The Committee also reviews data from a smaller peer group of six banks in close geographic proximity to the Company. The Committee believes it is prudent to look at this subgroup as an additional market reference as it is these competitors from which we could potentially draw or lose talent.

        Peer Groups.    The 2009 proxy peer group is listed below. Financial data reflects information at and for the year ended December 31, 2009, and is from SNL Financial and Company filings. As summarized below, the Company's financial performance in 2009 was very strong relative to our peers.

Company Name
  City   State   Total
Assets
2009
($000)
  Asset
Growth
3 Yr
(%)
  ROAA
2009
(%)
  ROAE
2009
(%)
  Net
Interest
Margin
2009
(%)
  Efficiency
Ratio
2009
(%)
  NPAs/
Assets
2009
(%)
  Total
Return
2009
(%)
 

United Bankshares, Inc.*

  Charleston   WV     7,805,101     16.19     0.85     8.81     3.55     50.24     1.18     82.92  

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.*

  Olney   MD     3,630,478     39.07     -0.42     -3.82     3.29     63.70     3.36     44.13  

TowneBank

  Portsmouth   VA     3,606,451     64.33     0.78     6.11     3.29     67.10     1.24     3.97  

First Bancorp

  Troy   NC     3,545,356     65.93     1.95     19.24     3.81     57.83     7.24     56.02  

Hampton Roads Bankshares, Inc. 

  Norfolk   VA     3,085,711     547.85     0.94     7.63     3.89     61.84     10.77     -72.28  

StellarOne Corporation

  Charlottesville   VA     3,033,101     86.54     -0.28     -1.99     3.39     73.72     2.87     23.85  

Virginia Commerce Bancorp, Inc.*

  Arlington   VA     2,725,297     39.82     -1.22     -13.89     3.43     56.33     5.92     116.50  

Metro Bancorp, Inc. 

  Harrisburg   PA     2,147,759     15.07     -0.09     -1.34     3.96     85.49     2.12     -20.94  

FNB United Corp. 

  Asheboro   NC     2,101,296     15.74     -5.20     -59.02     3.60     74.79     14.09     -38.34  

Cardinal Financial Corporation*

  McLean   VA     1,976,185     20.61     0.57     5.53     2.94     69.68     0.29     73.08  

NewBridge Bancorp

  Greensboro   NC     1,946,526     97.07     -0.74     -8.87     3.18     85.33     4.22     170.37  

First United Corporation*

  Oakland   MD     1,743,736     29.23     -0.67     -11.01     3.56     62.92     5.06     -41.43  

Capital Bank Corporation

  Raleigh   NC     1,734,668     21.95     -0.40     -4.62     3.14     79.21     4.59     -20.80  

First Mariner Bancorp*

  Baltimore   MD     1,384,552     9.60     -1.69     -53.81     2.43     104.26     4.71     80.00  

Commonwealth Bankshares, Inc. 

  Norfolk   VA     1,276,503     78.48     -2.26     -25.71     3.30     62.00     10.70     -26.57  

Shore Bancshares, Inc. 

  Easton   MD     1,156,516     22.30     0.65     5.39     3.90     64.43     1.78     -17.46  

Republic First Bancorp, Inc. 

  Philadelphia   PA     1,008,642     -0.02     -1.22     1.00     3.13     106.92     3.93     -49.84  

Average

            2,180,621     68.22     -0.64     -8.96     3.36     72.70     5.30     18.32  
 

25th Percentile

            1,384,552     15.74     -1.22     -13.13     3.14     79.21     7.19     -26.57  
 

50th Percentile

            1,976,185     29.23     -0.42     -3.82     3.30     67.10     4.59     3.97  
 

75th Percentile

            3,033,101     65.93     0.57     5.39     3.60     62.00     2.87     56.02  

Eagle Bancorp, Inc. 

  Bethesda   MD     1,805,504     133.43     0.65     6.60     3.85     64.01     1.50     82.09  

Percent Rank

                  94 %   81 %   89 %   84 %   66 %   91 %   91 %

*
Comprises supplemental peer group.

123


        Market Comparison.    The 2009 executive compensation review was requested by the Committee to assist in discussions regarding year end compensation decisions including base salary increases for 2010, and both annual and long term incentive payouts for 2009 performance. The market study revealed that Mr. Paul's base salary was 13% below the market median, which is consistent with the previous year's study. Ms. Riel's and Ms. Foulon-Tonat's base salaries were just under the market median, while the rest of the named executive officers had base salaries near the 75th percentile. Cash compensation for 2009 was also below the market median for Mr. Paul by 21% and near the market median for Ms. Riel. The rest of the executive team's cash compensation in 2009 ranged between the 60th—95th market percentiles. Equity grants in 2009 for each of the named executives were market competitive and improved market positioning. The Company does not provide significant executive benefits or perquisites, thus total compensation levels for the named executives were reasonable and not deemed to be excessive.

        Based on this study and our performance in 2009, we made the following compensation decisions for 2010.

        401(k) Plan.    Our 401(k) Plan allows all officers and employees of the Company working 1,000 hours or more in a calendar year to defer a portion of their compensation, and provides a match of up to 3% of their base salaries, subject to certain IRS limitations. While the decision to match employee contributions is discretionary, all employees receive the same percentage match. Effective February 2009, we reduced our match to 1.25%, but reinstated the 3% match in January 2010.

        Additional Employee Benefit Plans.    The Bank also provides additional benefit programs to employees including health and dental insurance, life and long term and short term disability insurance.

        Employment and Severance Arrangements.    Each of our named executive officers has an employment agreement which contains provisions for payments upon a change in control of the Company, and provides for noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions benefiting the Company under certain circumstances. These agreements are described in detail under the caption "Employment Agreements." The Committee believes that the agreements provide continuity of executive management, employment security which is conducive to maximum employee effort and valuable protections for the Company and its executive officers. All termination and change in control payments are subject to elimination in accordance with the TARP Restrictions.

        Inter-Relationship of Elements of Total Compensation.    The various elements of the compensation package are not interrelated. For example, if it does not appear as though the target bonus will be achieved, the size of equity compensation awards will not be affected. While the potential size of an element of compensation may be expressed as a percentage of base or total compensation, there is no significant interplay of the various

124



elements of total compensation between each other. If awards that are granted in one year become less valuable, or less likely of vesting, the amount of the bonus or base compensation to be paid the executive officer for the next year is not impacted. Similarly, if equity awards become extremely valuable, the amount of base compensation or bonus to be awarded for the next year is not affected. While the Board has discretion to make exceptions to any base compensation or bonus payouts under existing plans, it has not approved any exceptions to the plans with regard to any executive officers.

        Equity Ownership Guidelines.    We have no equity or security ownership requirements or guidelines for executive officers, however, all of the executive officers own common stock or options to purchase common stock pursuant to our equity compensation plans.

Risk Analysis of Incentive Compensation Programs

        In setting compensation, the Compensation Committees of the Company and Bank also consider the risks to the Company's shareholders and the achievement of our goals that may be inherent in our compensation programs. Although a significant portion of some employees' compensation is performance-based and "at-risk," we believe our compensation program is appropriately structured and does not pose a material risk to the Company. The Compensation Committees of the Company and the Bank met with our senior risk officer to identify and discuss any risks associated with named executive officer compensation plans and other employee incentive compensation plans. The report below outlines our process and the steps taken to mitigate any risks that were uncovered in our discussions.

        Executive Compensation Plan Risk Assessment.    Our senior risk officer has reviewed all incentive programs, including the Senior Executive Incentive Plan and the 2006 Stock Plan, and named executive employment agreements with the Committees, and concluded that none of them considered individually or as a group, presented any material threat to our capital or earnings, encouraged taking undue or excessive risks, or encouraged manipulation of financial data in order to increase the size of an award. These conclusions were based on the following:

125


        Non Executive Compensation Plan Risk Assessment.    Our senior risk officer reviewed incentive programs in which employees who are not executive officers participate, with the Compensation Committees. It was concluded that none of these programs presented any material threat to our capital or earnings, encouraged taking undue or excessive risks, or encouraged manipulation of financial data in order to increase the size of an award. The following incentive compensation plans were reviewed:

        Clawback provisions were added to all incentive compensation plans. All of our incentive plans call for the employee to be in good standing with no adverse written performance documentation. Once an employee receives adverse written documentation for performance, they are ineligible to receive incentive payments for a minimum of 90 days.

Compensation Committee Report

        We have reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Disclosure and Analysis with management. Based on our review and discussion with management we have recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Disclosure and Analysis be included in this proxy statement and incorporated by reference in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

126


        The Compensation Committee certifies that: (1) it has reviewed with the senior risk officer the named executive officer compensation plans and has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that these plans do not encourage named executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company; (2) it has reviewed with the senior risk officer the Company's employee compensation plans and has made all reasonable efforts to limit any unnecessary risks these plans pose to the Company; and (3) it has reviewed the Company's employee compensation plans to eliminate any features of these plans that would encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of any employee.

Members of the Compensation Committee

Philip N. Margolius, Chairman

  Robert P. Pincus

Leslie M. Alperstein, Ph.D.

  Norman R. Pozez

Dudley C. Dworken

  Donald R. Rogers

Harvey M. Goodman

  Leland M. Weinstein

        This report shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this proxy statement into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.

Executive Compensation Tables

        The following table sets forth a comprehensive overview of the compensation for Mr. Paul, the President of the Company, Mr. Langmead, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and the three most highly compensated executive officers of the Company (including officers of the Bank) who received total compensation of $100,000 or more during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus(1)   Stock
Awards(2)
  Option
Awards(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

Ronald D. Paul,

    2009   $ 350,000   $ 1,573 (3) $ 195,037   $ 95,041   $ 173,425 (3) $ 26,596 (4) $ 841,672  
 

President and Chief Executive

    2008   $ 350,000   $ 74,115   $   $ 130,542   $   $   $ 554,657  
 

Officer of the Company; Chief Executive Officer of the Bank

    2007   $ 350,000   $   $   $   $   $   $ 350,000  

James H. Langmead,

   
2009
 
$

243,100
 
$

36,463

(3)

$

 
$

40,905
 
$

21,249

(3)

$

17,116

(5)

$

358,833
 
 

Executive Vice President,

    2008   $ 243,100   $   $   $ 16,682   $ 44,118   $ 20,465 (6) $ 324,365  
 

Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Bank

    2007   $ 231,525   $ 20,000   $ 3,944   $ 11,577   $   $ 19,697 (7) $ 286,743  

Martha Foulon-Tonat,

   
2009
 
$

243,100
 
$

36,463

(3)

$

 
$

42,930
 
$

47,093

(3)

$

13,402

(8)

$

383,088
 
 

Executive Vice President—

    2008   $ 243,100   $   $   $ 15,103   $ 39,334   $ 16,898 (9) $ 314,374  
 

Chief Lending Officer of the Bank

    2007   $ 231,525   $ 12,500   $ 3,944   $ 11,577   $   $ 16,653 (10) $ 276,198  

Thomas D. Murphy,

   
2009
 
$

243,100
 
$

36,463

(3)

$

 
$

19,035
 
$

34,155

(3)

$

18,048

(11)

$

350,801
 
 

Executive Vice President of the

    2008   $ 243,100   $   $   $ 13,345   $ 33,597   $ 21,447 (12) $ 311,489  
 

Company; President—Retail Banking

    2007   $ 231,525   $ 12,500   $ 3,944   $ 11,577   $   $ 21,479 (13) $ 281,025  

Susan G. Riel,

   
2009
 
$

275,600
 
$

55,724

(3)

$

 
$

64,800
 
$

47,486

(3)

$

16,954

(14)

$

460,564
 
 

Senior Executive Vice President—

    2008   $ 243,100   $   $   $ 16,682   $ 46,423   $ 20,350 (15) $ 326,555  
 

Chief Operating Officer of the Bank

    2007   $ 231,525   $ 27,500   $ 3,944   $ 11,577   $   $ 20,367 (16) $ 294,912  

(1)
Reflects amounts earned pursuant to the discretionary awards under Company's Senior Executive Incentive Plan, except for Mr. Paul in respect of 2008. Amounts shown are earned and accrue in the year indicated and are paid in the following year.

(2)
Represents the grant date fair value of awards of restricted stock or performance based restricted stock (in the case of Stock Awards) and options and SARs (in the case of Option Awards) granted during 2009. Please refer to note 13 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 for a discussion of the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value.

127


(3)
In accordance with the requirements of the TARP Restrictions, the amounts shown were paid in the form of "long-term restricted stock" based upon the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, $10.35.

(4)
Includes $18,000 car allowance, $5,000 insurance premium and $3,596 401(k) matching contribution.

(5)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $4,584 insurance premium and $3,532 401(k) matching contribution.

(6)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $4,172 insurance premium and $7,293 401(k) matching contribution.

(7)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $3,799 insurance premium and $6,898 401(k) matching contribution.

(8)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $970 insurance premium and $3,532 401(k) matching contribution.

(9)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $909 insurance premium and $6,928 401(k) matching contribution.

(10)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $909 insurance premium and $6,744 401(k) matching contribution.

(11)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $5,534 insurance premium and $3,514 401(k) matching contribution.

(12)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $5,534 insurance premium and $6,913 401(k) matching contribution.

(13)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $5,534 insurance premium and $6,945 401(k) matching contribution.

(14)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $4,422 insurance premium and $3,532 401(k) matching contribution.

(15)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $4,422 insurance premium and $6,928 401(k) matching contribution.

(16)
Includes $9,000 car allowance, $4,422 insurance premium and $6,945 401(k) matching contribution.

        The Company does not maintain (i) any defined benefit retirement plans, or (ii) any nonqualified deferred compensation programs or arrangements.

        Employment Agreements.    The Company and Mr. Paul are parties to an employment agreement governing his service and compensation as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The current term of Mr. Paul's employment agreement expires on December 31, 2012. On each December 31, the term of the agreement automatically extends for one additional year, unless Mr. Paul has given notice of his intention not to renew the term. Under his agreement, Mr. Paul is entitled to receive a current annual base salary of $542,000, subject to periodic increase. While this reflects significant increase over Mr. Paul's prior salary of $350,000, Mr. Paul had not had a salary increase since mid-2006, and the size of the increase reflects the significant increase in the size of the Company's operations, his increased responsibilities and efforts, and the fact that his compensation was significantly below that of chief executives of companies in the Company's peer group. In January 2009, Mr. Paul was granted incentive options to purchase 51,737 shares of common stock, and 30,763 shares of restricted stock. Mr. Paul may receive additional grants of options or restricted stock, and may also receive a bonus in the discretion of the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations on bonuses and incentive payments under the TARP Restrictions during any period when the Company has any securities issued under the CPP held by the Treasury or another agency of the Federal government. The compensation under Mr. Paul's employment agreement is in lieu of all other cash fees for service on the Boards of Directors or any committees of the Company and the Bank. In the event of termination of Mr. Paul's employment for any reason other than for cause (as defined), Mr. Paul (or his estate), is entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to 2.99 times his then current base salary, subject to certain limitations in the event that his termination occurs in connection with a change in control (as defined) of the Company or the Bank, and subject to the provisions of the TARP Restrictions prohibiting "golden parachutes." In addition, subject to the effect of such provisions, all of Mr. Paul's options will immediately vest upon any termination.

        If Mr. Paul were entitled to receive the termination benefits as of December 31, 2009, he would receive approximately $1,050,000, or approximately $718,761 if the termination were in connection with a change in control. Additionally, in the event of any termination, all of the unvested options and restricted stock held by Mr. Paul will accelerate and become immediately exercisable. At December 31, 2009, the inherent value of Mr. Paul's unvested options and restricted stock was $535,763.

        Each of the four other named executive officers has an employment agreement with the Bank. Each of the agreements expires August 31, 2011. The table below sets forth the base salary as of December 31, 2009, amount of Bank paid life insurance (at standard rates), and annual car allowance to which the named

128



executive officers are entitled. The other named executive officers have current base salaries as follows: Ms. Foulon-Tonat—$255,000; Mr. Langmead—$250,000; Mr. Murphy—$255,000; Ms. Riel—$305,000. Each of these officers is also entitled to participation in all other health, welfare, benefit, stock, option and bonus plans, if any, generally available to all officers and employees of the Bank or the Company. Under each agreement if the officer's employment is terminated without cause for reasons other than death, disability or in connection with a change of control (as defined), he/she would be entitled to receive continued payment of base salary through the end of the term of his/her agreement, subject to his/her compliance with the noncompete and nondisturbance provisions of the agreement. These payments, and the change in control payment payments discussed below, are potentially subject to limitation or elimination in accordance with the TARP Restrictions. Each agreement: (i) limits the executive's severance compensation in connection with an involuntary termination or in connection with any bankruptcy, liquidation or receivership of the Company to the amount permitted under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code; and (ii) provides for the recovery by the Company of payments based on financial statements or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate. Each of these requirements applies during the period that the Treasury owns any securities acquired under the CPP.

        The noncompete and nondisturbance provisions of the agreements (the "Noncompete Provisions") provide that: (i) for 180 days after termination, or until the end of the original term of the agreement, whichever is earlier, the officer will not in any capacity render any services to a bank or savings and loan or a holding company of a bank or savings and loan, or to any person or entity that is attempting to form a bank, with respect to any office, branch or other facility that is (or is proposed to be) located within a thirty-five (35) mile radius of the location of the Company's headquarters; and (ii) for twelve (12) months after the last date of employment, the officer will not, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any customers, suppliers, officers, employees, contractors, consultants, agents or representatives of, or any other person that has a business relationship with, the Company or any of its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates to discontinue, terminate or reduce the extent of their relationship with the Company and/or any such parent, subsidiary or affiliate or to take any action that would disrupt or otherwise be disadvantageous to any such relationship, or otherwise solicit any customer or employee of the Company. The amount to which each of the named executive officers would be entitled to if he/she were terminated, other than for cause or in connection with a change in control, as of December 31, 2009 is set forth in the fifth column of the table below.

        In the event of termination of the other named executive officer's respective employment, or reduction in his/her compensation or position or responsibilities within 120 days before or after a change in control, or the voluntary termination of employment within the 30 day period following 120 days after a change in control, each of the other named executive officers would be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to 2.99 times his/her base salary, subject to adjustment to avoid adverse tax consequences resulting from characterization of such payment for tax purposes as a "parachute payment," and all unvested stock options, SARs and restricted stock awards would immediately vest and become exercisable. The amount of the cash payment which each of the other named executive officers would be entitled to receive if the change in control termination benefits were paid as of December 31, 2009 (without adjustment for other amounts which might be payable as a result of the change in control) is set forth in

129


column 6 of the table below, the value of the accelerated equity awards is set forth in column 7 of the table below, and the sum of these two amounts is set forth in column 8.

Column Number        1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8  
Name and Title
  Base
Salary
  Car
Allowance
  Bank Paid Life
Insurance (at
standard rates)(1)
  Payment
Following
Termination
Without Cause(2)
  Cash Payment
Upon
Termination in
Connection with
a Change in
Control(2)
  Value of Equity
Awards
Accelerated
Upon a Change
in Control(3)
  Sum of Amounts
Payable Upon a
Change in
Control (Sum of
Columns 6 and 7)
 

Martha Foulon-Tonat, Executive Vice

                                           
 

President—Chief Lending Officer

                                           
 

of the Bank

  $ 243,101   $ 9,000   $ 750,000   $ 405,166   $ 682,252   $ 119,448   $ 801,700  

James H. Langmead, Executive Vice

                                           
 

President, Chief Financial Officer

                                           
 

of the Company and Bank

  $ 243,101   $ 9,000   $ 750,000   $ 405,166   $ 728,696   $ 115,318   $ 844,014  

Thomas D. Murphy, Executive Vice

                                           
 

President of the Company;

                                           
 

President—Retail Banking

  $ 243,101   $ 9,000   $ 750,000   $ 405,166   $ 722,062   $ 70,714   $ 792,776  

Susan G. Riel, Senior Executive

                                           
 

Vice President—Chief Operating

                                           
 

Officer of the Bank

  $ 275,600   $ 9,000   $ 750,000   $ 459,000   $ 707,365   $ 164,052   $ 871,417  

(1)
The cost of this benefit is reflected under "All Other Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table, and the amount paid in respect of each officer is reflected in the footnotes to that table.

(2)
Subject to limitation or elimination as a result of Treasury regulations under the CPP.

(3)
Reflects the excess of the last trade price for the Company's common stock on December 31, 2009 over the exercise or strike price of unvested options and SARs, plus the last trade price of unvested shares of restricted stock (assuming vesting of the maximum number of shares subject to the award). Out of the money options and SARs have been excluded from the calculation.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The following table presents information regarding awards made during 2009 to named executive officers under the Company's 2006 Stock Plan and Senior Executive Incentive Plan.

Name
  Grant Date   Estimated Future
Payouts Under Non-
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards Target
  All Other Stock
Awards: Number
of Shares of Stock
or Units
  All Other Option
Awards: Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options
  Exercise or Base
Price of Option
Awards
  Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock
and Option
Awards
 

Ronald D. Paul

    1/8/2009   $ 122,500     30,763     51,737   $ 6.34   $ 273,731  

James H. Langmead

    1/8/2009   $ 24,310         20,200   $ 6.34   $ 40,905  

Martha Foulon-Tonat

    1/8/2009   $ 60,775         21,200   $ 6.34   $ 42,920  

Thomas D. Murphy

    1/8/2009   $ 60,775         9,400   $ 6.34   $ 19,035  

Susan G. Riel

    1/8/2009   $ 55,120         32,000   $ 6.34   $ 64,800  

        Under the 2006 Stock Plan, the Company can make awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and restricted stock to employees of the Company and Bank, including all of the named executive officers. The payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards reflected in the table represent the maximum amount of formula payment which the named executive officer could have earned with respect to 2009 performance under the Senior Executive Incentive Plan if each of the performance targets established by the Board of Directors in its capacity as compensation committee were achieved. The aggregate amount which could be earned, at the target level, represented, in 2009, 10%—35% of salary. A portion of the aggregate amount is subject to the achievement of designated Company or divisional performance targets. Each such portion is subject to payment only if the target is met or exceeded in total, with no provision for partial or graduated payments. The targets were established with the expectation that the goals were stretch goals, representing performance standards in excess of expected results. Through 2008, Mr. Paul did not participate in the Senior Executive Incentive Plan. The amounts paid pursuant to the Senior Executive Incentive Plan in respect of 2009 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above, and represented from 8.7% to 49.6% of base salary for the named officers. In accordance with the TARP Restrictions, the amounts shown were paid in the form of "long-term restricted stock" based upon the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, $10.35.

130


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The following table sets forth, on an award by award basis, information concerning all awards of stock options, SARs and restricted stock held by named executive officers at December 31, 2009. All options and SARs were granted with an exercise or base price of 100% of market value as determined in accordance with the applicable plan. The number of shares subject to each award and the exercise or base price have been adjusted to reflect all stock dividends, and stock splits effected after the date of such award, but have not otherwise been modified.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option Expiration Date   Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock that
Have Not
Vested
  Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock that have
Not Vested
  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested(1)
 

Ronald D. Paul

    2,031 (2)     $ 3.0740     3/30/2010                          

    2,031 (2)     $ 3.0740     6/29/2010                          

    2,031 (2)     $ 2.9780     9/29/2010                          

    2,031 (2)     $ 3.2200     12/30/2010                          

    1,911 (2)     $ 3.2660     3/30/2011                          

    1,054 (2)     $ 5.9170     6/29/2011                          

    1,007 (2)     $ 6.1860     9/29/2011                          

    1,144 (2)     $ 5.4600     12/30/2011                          

    617 (2)     $ 6.4550     1/30/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.0740     2/27/2012                          

    620 (2)     $ 8.4720     3/30/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 8.2030     4/29/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 8.3380     5/30/2012                          

    620 (2)     $ 7.8270     6/29/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 6.0520     7/30/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 6.7560     8/30/2012                          

    620 (2)     $ 6.4550     9/29/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 6.6430     10/30/2012                          

    617 (2)     $ 6.7560     11/29/2012                          

    620 (2)     $ 7.3480     12/30/2012                          

    2,382 (3)   1,193 (3) $ 11.8680     1/15/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.5310     1/30/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.9720     2/27/2013                          

    620 (2)     $ 7.3960     3/30/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.3800     4/29/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.3960     5/31/2013                          

    620 (2)     $ 8.0690     6/29/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.3590     7/30/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 7.7460     8/30/2013                          

    620 (2)     $ 8.1760     9/29/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 9.3380     10/30/2013                          

    617 (2)     $ 9.2520     11/29/2013                          

    44,616 (4)     $ 9.5050     12/30/2013                          

    4,207 (2)     $ 9.5050     12/30/2013                          

    4,207 (2)     $ 9.5050     12/30/2013                          

    620 (2)     $ 9.5050     12/30/2013                          

    12,688 (5)   20,312 (5) $ 17.0140     10/17/2016                          

        27,500 (6) $ 11.8680     1/15/2018                          

        51,737 (7) $ 6.3400     1/07/2019                          

                            30,763 (8) $ 322,088              

Martha Foulon-Tonat

        4,468 (9) $ 15.2050     2/28/2010                          

    6,506 (10)     $ 3.1700     7/06/2010                          

    9,109 (10)     $ 5.5710     5/15/2011                          

    4,647 (10)     $ 5.4060     12/04/2011                          

    5,111 (10)     $ 7.4450     5/18/2013                          

    9,295 (10)     $ 9.9350     1/11/2014                          

    9,295 (10)     $ 10.8980     1/13/2015                          

131


 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option Expiration Date   Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock that
Have Not
Vested
  Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock that have
Not Vested
  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested(1)
 

    3,299 (11)   1,651 (11) $ 11.8680     1/15/2018                          

        21,200 (11) $ 6.3400     1/08/2019                          

                                        762 (12) $ 7,978  

James H. Langmead

    9,295 (10)     $ 11.0650     1/03/2015                          

        4,468 (9) $ 15.2050     2/28/2010                          

    3,666 (11)   1,834 (11) $ 11.8680     1/15/2018                          

        20,200 (11) $ 6.3400     1/08/2019                          

                                        762 (12) $ 7,978  

Thomas D. Murphy

        4,468 (9) $ 15.2050     2/28/2010                          

    15,615 (10)     $ 5.5710     5/15/2011                          

    6,506 (10)     $ 5.4060     12/1/2011                          

    5,111 (10)     $ 7.4450     5/18/2013                          

    9,295 (10)     $ 9.4140     1/03/2014                          

    9,295 (10)     $ 10.8980     1/13/2015                          

    2,933 (11)   1,467 (11) $ 11.8680     1/15/2018                          

        9,400 (11) $ 6.3400     1/08/2019                          

                                        762 (12) $ 7,978  

Susan G. Riel

        4,468 (9) $ 15.2050     2/28/2010                          

    6,506 (10)     $ 3.1700     7/06/2010                          

    9,109 (10)     $ 5.5710     5/15/2011                          

    4,647 (10)     $ 5.4060     12/4/2011                          

    5,111 (10)     $ 7.4450     5/18/2013                          

    9,295 (10)     $ 9.9350     1/11/2014                          

    9,295 (10)     $ 10.8980     1/13/2015                          

    3,666 (11)   1,834 (11) $ 11.8680     1/15/2018                          

        32,000 (11) $ 6.3400     1/08/2019                          

                                        762 (12) $ 7,978  

(1)
Based on the $10.47 closing price of the common stock on December 31, 2009.

(2)
Vested immediately upon grant.

(3)
Represents grants of stock options pursuant to Company's 2006 Stock Plan in Mr. Paul's capacity as a director. Vests in three annual installments commencing on the date of grant.

(4)
Represents grant of stock options pursuant to Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan. Vests in installments, commencing with an installment of 4,206 shares immediately upon grant, three annual installments of 10,520 shares on January 15, 2004 through 2006 and a final installment of 8,850 shares on January 15, 2007.

(5)
Represents grant of stock options pursuant to Company's 2006 Stock Plan. Vests in installments, commencing with an installment of 933 shares on January 1, 2007, five annual installments of 5,877 shares on January 1, 2008 through 2012 and a final installment of 2,679 shares on January 1, 2013.

(6)
Represents grants of stock options pursuant to Company's 2006 Stock Plan in Mr. Paul's capacity as an officer. Vests in installments, commencing with an installment of 4,584 shares on January 16, 2013, two annual installments of 8,426 shares on January 16, 2017 and 2018, and a final installment of 6,064 shares on January 16, 2016.

(7)
Represents grants of stock options pursuant to Company's 2006 Stock Plan in Mr. Paul's capacity as an officer. Vests in installments, commencing with an installment of 4,421 shares on January 1, 2016 and three annual installments of 15,772 shares on January 1, 2017 through 2019.

(8)
Vests in five substantially equal installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(9)
Represents grant of SARs pursuant to the Company's 2006 Stock Plan. Vests in its entirety on February 1, 2010 if the grantee is continuously employed by the Company through such date. These SARs were out of the money at the vesting date and expired without value or the issuance of shares.

(10)
Represents grant of stock options pursuant to the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan. All options have a term of 10 years from the date of grant. Except as otherwise indicated, vested in two equal installments, the first on the date of grant and the second on the first anniversary thereof.

(11)
Represents grants of stock options pursuant to the Company's 2006 Stock Plan. Vests in five substantially equal annual installments, commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(12)
Represents threshold level grant of performance based restricted stock pursuant to the Company's 2006 Stock Plan. Vests, subject to satisfaction of designated performance conditions, on February 1, 2010. These awards vested at the threshold level.

132


Options Exercised and Stock Vested

        The following table sets forth information regarding options exercised by the named executive officers during 2009, and the aggregate amount realized upon such exercises, based on the difference between the closing market price on the exercise date and the exercise or base price.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise
  Value Realized
on Exercise
  Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting
  Value Realized
on Vesting
 

Ronald D. Paul

                 

Martha Foulon-Tonat

                 

James H. Langmead

                 

Thomas D. Murphy

    9,759   $ 62,544          

Susan G. Riel

                 

        Employee Benefit Plans.    The Bank provides a benefit program which includes health and dental insurance, life and long term and short term disability insurance and a 401(k) plan under which the Company makes matching contributions up to 3% of an employee's salary, for all officers and employees working 1,000 hours or more in a calendar year.

        Equity Compensation Plans.    The Company maintains two equity compensation plans, the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") and the 2006 Stock Plan (the "2006 Stock Plan"), each of which has been approved by shareholders. The purpose of each plan is to attract, retain, and motivate key officers, employee and directors of the Company and the Bank by providing them with a stake in the success of the Company as measured by the value of its shares. In connection with the acquisition of Fidelity, the Company assumed Fidelity's option plans. Options to purchase an aggregate of 215,585 shares of common stock (as adjusted) were assumed in connection with the acquisition, of which 152,619 remained outstanding as of December 31, 2009. No further options can be granted under the 1998 Plan or Fidelity's plans.

        Under the 2006 Stock Plan, as amended, an aggregate of 1,215,000 shares of common stock (as adjusted) are subject to issuance upon the exercise of incentive stock options ("ISOs"), non-incentive stock options ("Non-ISOs") and SARs, and the award of shares of restricted stock to such employees as the Committee may designate, and for the issuance of Non-ISOs or restricted stock to directors and advisory board members of the Company, the Bank, and their affiliates. In the event of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, stock dividend, split-up, combination of shares or similar event in which the number or kind of shares is changed without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the number and kind of shares of stock as to which options, SARs and restricted stock may be awarded under the 2006 Stock Plan, the affected terms of all outstanding options, SARs and shares of restricted stock, and the aggregate number of shares of common stock remaining available for grant under the 2006 Stock Plan will be adjusted.

        The 2006 Stock Plan is administered by a committee (the "Stock Option Committee"), appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company, consisting of not less than three (3) members of the Board. Members of the Stock Option Committee must be independent within the meaning of the listing requirements of NASDAQ, may not be employees, and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The members of the Compensation Committee serve as the Stock Option Committee.

        The 2006 Stock Plan has a term of ten years from May 26, 2006, its effective date, after which date no awards may be granted. The maximum term for an option or SAR is ten years from its date of grant, except that the maximum term of an ISO may not exceed five years if the optionee owns more than 10% of the common stock on the date of grant. The expiration of the 2006 Stock Plan, or its termination by the Committee, will not affect any award then outstanding.

133


        The exercise price of options under the 2006 Stock Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. In the case of an optionee who owns more than 10% of the outstanding common stock on the date of grant, such option price may not be less than 110% of fair market value of the shares. The base price of SARs may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. If the common stock is listed on a national securities exchange (including the NASDAQ Stock Market) on the date of grant, then the market value per share will be not less than the average of the highest and lowest selling price. In the event that the fair market value per share of the common stock falls below the exercise price of previously granted options, the Committee will have the authority, with the consent of the optionee, to cancel outstanding options and to issue new options with an exercise price equal to the then current fair market price per share of the common stock, provided that no such repricing will occur without ratification or approval by the shareholders.

        Restricted stock is an award of shares of common stock that is subject to forfeiture, restrictions against transfer, meeting specific corporate or individual performance or achievement standards or goals, or other conditions or restrictions set forth in an award agreement. The Committee has discretion at the time of making a restricted stock grant to determine a period of up to five years during which the shares granted will be subject to restrictions, and the conditions that must be satisfied in order for the shares of restricted stock to become unrestricted (i.e., vested and nonforfeitable). For example, the Committee may condition vesting upon a recipient's continued employment or upon the recipient's attainment of specific corporate, divisional, or individual performance or achievement standards or goals. However, the minimum vesting period for restricted stock is three years if the vesting is based solely on the passage of time and continued employment, although vesting may occur ratably over such period; and the minimum measurement date for vesting of restricted stock based upon performance criteria is one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may award shares of restricted stock having terms which comply with TARP Restrictions.

        Until a recipient's interest vests, restricted stock is nontransferable and forfeitable. Nevertheless, the recipient may be entitled to vote the restricted stock and to receive dividends and other distributions made with respect to restricted stock grants that are issued subject to forfeiture in the event that the vesting conditions are not met, as opposed to shares that are issued only upon satisfaction of the conditions. To the extent that a recipient becomes vested in restricted stock and has satisfied applicable income tax withholding obligations, the Company will deliver unrestricted shares of common stock to the recipient. At the end of the restriction period, the recipient will forfeit to the Company any issued shares of restricted stock as to which the recipient did not earn a vested interest during the restriction period, i.e. where the performance based conditions are not met.

        Change in Control.    Notwithstanding the provisions of any option, SAR or restricted stock award which provide for its exercise or vesting in installments or subject to conditions, all awards will be immediately exercisable and fully vested upon the occurrence of a change in control. At the time of a change in control that does not constitute a "transaction," the participant shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the common stock subject to an option or SAR over the exercise price of such shares, in exchange for the cancellation of such options and SARs by the optionee. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in no event may an option or SAR be cancelled in exchange for cash, within the six-month period following the date of its grant.

        In the event of a "change in control" that is a "transaction", all awards of options, SARs and restricted stock must be surrendered, and with respect to each award surrendered, the Board will in its sole and absolute discretion determine whether the holder of the surrendered award will receive: (1) an award for the number and kind of shares into which each outstanding share (other than shares held by dissenting shareholders) is changed or exchanged, together with an appropriate adjustment to the exercise price; (2) the number and kind of shares into which each outstanding share (other than shares held by dissenting shareholders) is changed or exchanged in the transaction that are equal in market value to the excess of the market value on the date of the transaction of the shares subject to the option or SAR, over the exercise

134



price; or (3) a cash payment (from the Company or the successor corporation) in an amount equal to the excess of the market value on the date of the transaction of the shares subject to the option or SAR over the exercise price.

        For purposes of the 2006 Stock Plan, "change in control" means any one of the following events: (1) the acquisition of ownership, holding or power to vote more than 50% of the Bank's or Company's voting stock; (2) the acquisition of the power to control the election of a majority of the Bank's or Company's directors; (3) the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Bank or the Company by any person or by persons acting as a "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); or (4) the failure of "Continuing Directors" to constitute at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank (the "Company Board") during any period of two consecutive years. For purposes of this Plan, "Continuing Directors" shall include only those individuals who were members of the Company Board at the Effective Date and those other individuals whose election or nomination for election as a member of the Company Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office. The decision of the Committee as to whether a change in control has occurred shall be conclusive and binding. "Transaction" means: (i) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity; or (iii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. No adjustment upon a change in control, a "transaction" or otherwise may be made in such a manner as to constitute a modification, within the meaning of Section 424(h) of the Code, of outstanding ISOs. If, by reason of any such adjustments, an optionee becomes entitled to new, additional, or different shares of stock or securities, such new, additional, or different shares of stock or securities shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the shares pursuant to the option before the adjustment was made.

        As of December 31, 2009, the Company had options, SARs which may only be settled by the issuance of stock, and performance based restricted stock awards with respect to an aggregate of 1,291,408 shares of common stock issued and outstanding under all equity compensation plans. The SARS subsequently expired without value or the issuance of any shares. The performance based restricted stock awards vested at the threshold level, resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of 3,048 shares of common stock to named executive officers, and 3,825 shares to all executive officers. Subsequent to December 31, 2009, 10,000 shares of restricted stock were issued to Mr. Pincus, and restricted stock was issued to our executive officers as set forth below:

Name
  Restricted
Stock
Granted
 

Ronald D. Paul

    16,908  

Martha Foulon-Tonat

    8,073  

James H. Langmead

    5,576  

Thomas D. Murphy

    6,823  

Susan G. Riel

    9,972  

All executive officers as group (7 persons)

    54,136  

        All of the shares of restricted stock to named executive officers granted subsequent to December 31, 2009 are "long-term restricted stock" which comply with the requirements of the TARP Restrictions. As such, the shares of long-term restricted stock granted in 2010 reflecting amounts earned under the Senior Executive Incentive Plan are not vested or transferable prior to the redemption in full of the Company's CPP preferred stock, with a minimum period of two years from grant. The portion reflecting the value of discretionary cash bonuses and/or option grants vest over five years, 60% on the second anniversary of the date of grant, and 20% on the third and fourth anniversaries, provided that no amount shall vest prior to the redemption in full of the Company's CPP preferred stock.

135


Director Compensation

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation paid to, or earned by, non-employee directors of the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 for service as members of the Company and Bank Boards of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors who are employees do not receive additional cash compensation for service on the Board of Directors.

Name(1)
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
  Stock
Awards(2)
  Option
Awards(3)(4)
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

Leslie M. Alperstein, Ph.D. 

  $ 11,850   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 21,801  

Dudley C. Dworken

  $ 54,550   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 64,501  

Harvey M. Goodman

  $ 15,450   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 25,401  

Neal R. Gross

  $ 16,050   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 26,001  

Philip N. Margolius

  $ 19,350   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 29,301  

Robert P. Pincus

  $ 220,000   $ 9,951   $ 109,350   $ 26,600 (5) $ 312,701  

Norman R. Pozez

  $ 13,650   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 23,601  

Donald R. Rogers

  $ 13,650   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 23,601  

Leland M. Weinstein

  $ 21,450   $ 9,951   $   $   $ 31,401  

(1)
Does not include $31,250 paid to the former Chairman of the Board of Directors for Board service through the date of the 2009 annual meeting of shareholders and $224,250 paid upon termination of his Board service and fee agreement.

(2)
Represents the grant date fair value of shares of restricted stock granted to directors during 2009.

(3)
Represents the grant date fair value of option awards received during 2009. Please refer to note 13 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 for a discussion of the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value.

(4)
At December 31, 2009, the non-employee directors had outstanding option awards, vested and unvested, to purchase shares of common stock as follows: Mr. Alperstein—2,943 shares; Mr. Dworken—3,575 shares; Mr. Goodman—8,225 shares; Mr. Gross—2,884 shares; Mr. Margolius—6,490 shares; Mr. Pincus—93,405 shares; Mr. Pozez—0 shares; Mr. Rogers—4,318 shares and Mr. Weinstein—10,432 shares.

(5)
Represents car allowance of $1,250 per month and $11,600 of payments to defer the cost of health and life insurance.

        During 2009, each non-employee director of the Company and Bank, other than Mr. Pincus, received an annual retainer of $5,000 in cash ($7,500 if a member of both the Company and Bank Board of Directors), plus a cash fee of $300 for each meeting attended of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Board of Directors of the Bank or a committee of the Board of the Company or the Bank ($400 per meeting of a committee if serving as chair of the committee). Commencing in March 2009, non-employee directors serving as the chair of a committee received an additional annual retainer of $1,000 to $3,000 per committee for such service. Additionally, in June 2009, each member of the Company Board of Directors, other than Mr. Paul and Mr. Pincus, was granted 1,284 shares of restricted stock, and each member of only the Bank Board of Directors was granted 855 shares of restricted stock. All of such restricted shares vest in three substantially equal installments, commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. In 2009, an aggregate of $166,000 in cash retainers and meeting fees were paid to members of the Board of Directors of the Company (other than Mr. Paul and Mr. Pincus) for service on the Board of Directors of the Company and Bank, and $87,300 was paid to members of only the Board of Directors of the Bank for such service. Additionally, an aggregate of $255,500 was paid to the former Chairman of the Board of the Company for service through the date of the 2009 annual meeting, and upon termination of his service, in accordance with the terms of his fee agreement.

136


        During 2010, non-employee directors, other than Mr. Pincus, are currently entitled to receive the same cash retainer and meeting fees.

        In connection with the acquisition of Fidelity, Mr. Pincus and the Bank entered into an agreement pursuant to which he is retained to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and Bank. Under that agreement, Mr. Pincus receives an annual payment, $220,000 during 2009 and currently $280,000, subject to annual increase to reflect, at a minimum, the increase in the consumer price index, in lieu of all other cash fees for service on the Board of Directors. Mr. Pincus will also be eligible to receive incentive bonuses pursuant to Board approved plans, and to a car allowance of $1,250 per month, $800 per month as a health insurance allowance and $10,000 per year as a life insurance allowance. The agreement has a term extending until August 31, 2011, subject to automatic renewal for a one year term unless either party gives 60 days notice of nonrenewal. In the event of early termination of the agreement by the Bank without cause, or as a result of Mr. Pincus' death or disability, or as a result of nonrenewal by the Bank, Mr. Pincus (or his estate) would be entitled to receive continued payment of retainer compensation and car allowance for one year, subject to his continued compliance with the confidentiality, noncompete and nonsolicitation provisions of the agreement. The agreement provides that during the term and for a period of eighteen months after termination, Mr. Pincus will not in any capacity: (i) render any services to a bank or financial services business, including but not limited to any consumer savings, commercial banking, insurance or trust business, or a savings and loan or mortgage business, or other business in which the Bank has invested significant resources in anticipation of commencing, or to any person or entity that is attempting to form such a business if it operates any office, branch or other facility that is (or is proposed to be) located within a thirty-five mile radius of the location of any branch of the Company or Bank or their affiliates; or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any customers, suppliers, officers, employees, contractors, consultants, agents or representatives of, or any other person that has a business relationship with, the Company or Bank or their affiliates, to discontinue, terminate or reduce the extent of their relationship with such entity or to solicit any such customer for any competitive product or service, or otherwise solicit any customer or employee of the Company, or the Bank.

        Under the agreement, in the event that: (i) Mr. Pincus is terminated without cause after a change in control; (ii) his title, duties or position are materially reduced within twelve months after a change in control, without his consent, such that he would not have materially comparable compensation benefits and responsibilities, and not have his primary worksite moved more than twenty five miles, and such change is not cured within thirty days of notice of termination; or (iii) he voluntary terminates the agreement within the thirty day period following twelve months after a change in control, Mr. Pincus would be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to 2.99 times his highest rate of base compensation in effect within the twelve months prior to termination, subject to adjustment to avoid adverse tax consequences resulting from characterization of such payment for tax purposes as a "parachute payment." If Mr. Pincus were entitled to receive the termination benefits as of December 31, 2009, he would receive approximately $657,800.

        The Company does not maintain any discretionary bonus or non-equity incentive plans or compensation programs, deferred compensation, defined contribution or defined benefit retirement plans, for non-employee directors, or in which such directors may participate.

137


Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

        The following financial statements are included in this report

        All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information is either inapplicable or included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Exhibit No.  
Description of Exhibit
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended(1)

 

3.2

 

Articles Supplementary to the Articles of Incorporation for the Series A Preferred Stock(2)

 

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Company(3)

 

4

 

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock(4)

 

10.1

 

1998 Stock Option Plan(5)

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Martha Foulon-Tonat and the Bank(6)

 

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between James H. Langmead and the Bank(7)

 

10.4

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Thomas D. Murphy and the Bank(8)

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Ronald D. Paul and the Company(9)

 

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Susan G. Riel and the Bank(10)

 

10.7

 

Fee Agreement between Robert P. Pincus and the Company(11)

 

10.8

 

2006 Stock Plan(12)

 

10.9

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement among Michael T. Flynn the Company and the Bank(14)

 

10.10

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement among Michael T. Flynn the Company and the Bank(15)

 

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Bank and Janice Williams(16)

 

10.12

 

2010 Senior Executive Incentive Plan [Redacted]

 

11

 

Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Income

 

 

 

Please refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant(13)

 

23

 

Consent of Stegman & Company

138


Exhibit No.  
Description of Exhibit
  31.1   Certification of Ronald D. Paul

 

31.2

 

Certification of James H. Langmead

 

32.1

 

Certification of Ronald D. Paul

 

32.2

 

Certification of James H. Langmead

 

99.1

 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.(13)

 

99.2

 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.(13)

(1)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2002.

(2)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

(3)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2007.

(4)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

(5)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1998.

(6)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

(7)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

(8)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

(9)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on December 22, 2008.

(10)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

(11)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-150763)

(12)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-135072)

(13)
Incorporated by reference to exhibit of the same number to the initial filing of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009

(14)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008

(15)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2010.

(16)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008.

139


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    EAGLE BANCORP, INC.

February 22, 2011

 

by:

 

/s/ RONALD D. PAUL

Ronald D. Paul, Chairman, President and CEO

140